[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

WO2006122011A2 - Thiazole compounds and methods of use - Google Patents

Thiazole compounds and methods of use Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006122011A2
WO2006122011A2 PCT/US2006/017692 US2006017692W WO2006122011A2 WO 2006122011 A2 WO2006122011 A2 WO 2006122011A2 US 2006017692 W US2006017692 W US 2006017692W WO 2006122011 A2 WO2006122011 A2 WO 2006122011A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
halogen
phenyl
substituted
alkoxy
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2006/017692
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2006122011A3 (en
Inventor
Suoming Zhang
Avinash Phadke
Cuixian Liu
Xiangzhu Wang
Jesse Quinn
Dawei Chen
Venkat Gadhachanda
Shouming Li
Milind Deshpande
Original Assignee
Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to EA200702445A priority Critical patent/EA200702445A1/en
Application filed by Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. filed Critical Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Priority to AU2006244203A priority patent/AU2006244203B2/en
Priority to CA002607617A priority patent/CA2607617A1/en
Priority to NZ563866A priority patent/NZ563866A/en
Priority to JP2008511226A priority patent/JP2008540537A/en
Priority to EP06770077A priority patent/EP1879575A2/en
Priority to BRPI0608910-0A priority patent/BRPI0608910A2/en
Priority to MX2007013955A priority patent/MX2007013955A/en
Priority to AP2007004268A priority patent/AP2358A/en
Publication of WO2006122011A2 publication Critical patent/WO2006122011A2/en
Publication of WO2006122011A3 publication Critical patent/WO2006122011A3/en
Priority to IL186970A priority patent/IL186970A0/en
Priority to NO20075723A priority patent/NO20075723L/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/425—Thiazoles
    • A61K31/426—1,3-Thiazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/425—Thiazoles
    • A61K31/427—Thiazoles not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/20—Antivirals for DNA viruses
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/38—Nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/38—Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D277/42—Amino or imino radicals substituted by hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D513/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
    • C07D513/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D513/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to thiazole compounds and the preparation of such compounds.
  • the present invention further relates to methods for use of such compounds, including for the treatment of hepatitis C virus.
  • HCV Hepatitis C Virus
  • HCV is an enveloped, single-stranded RNA virus that contains a positive-stranded genome of about 9.6 kb. HCV is classified as a member of the Hepacivirus genus of the family Flaviviridae.
  • the HCV lifecycle includes entry into host cells; translation of the HCV genome, polyprotein processing, and replicase complex assembly; RNA replication, and virion assembly and release. Translation of the HCV RNA genome yields a more than 3000 amino acid long polyprotein that is processed by at least two cellular and two viral proteases.
  • the HCV polyprotein is:
  • the cellular signal peptidase and signal peptide peptidase have been reported to be responsible for cleavage of the N-terminal third of the polyprotein (C-El-E2-p7) from the nonstructural proteins (NS2-NS3-NS4A-NS4B-NS5A-NS5B).
  • the NS2-NS3 protease mediates a first cis cleavage at the NS2-NS3 site.
  • the NS3-NS4A protease then mediates a second cis-cleavage at the NS3-NS4A junction.
  • the NS3-NS4A complex then cleaves at 3 downstream sites to separate the remaining nonstructural proteins. Accurate processing of the polyprotein is asserted to be essential for forming an active HCV replicase complex.
  • the replicase complex comprising at least the NS3-NS5B nonstructural proteins assembles.
  • the replicase complex is cytoplasmic and membrane- associated.
  • Major enzymatic activities in the replicase complex include serine protease activity and NTPase helicase activity in NS3, and RNA-dependent RNA polymerase activity of NS5B.
  • RNA replication process a complementary negative strand copy of the genomic RNA is produced.
  • the negative strand copy is used as a template to synthesize additional positive strand genomic RNAs that may participate in translation, replication, packaging, or any combination thereof to produce progeny virus.
  • HCV inhibitors While previously known HCV inhibitors are suitable for their intended purposes, there nonetheless remains a need for additional HCV inhibitors. In addition, there remains a need for additional methods of treatment for HCV patients. Thus, there remains a need to develop, characterize and optimize molecules for the development of anti-hepatitis C drugs. Accordingly, it is an object of the present invention to provide such compounds, compositions and methods of treatment.
  • the present invention includes and provides compounds of Formulas (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, which compounds are useful in the inhibition of hepatitis C virus replication and the treatment of hepatitis C viral infection.
  • the invention includes compounds of Formula I
  • Ar 1 is fluorenyl, or Ar 1 is phenyl, naphthyl, a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl group, or a 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl group, wherein Ari is substituted with R and R 1 .
  • R is 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, C r C 2 alkyl, C r C 2 alkoxy, C r C 2 haloalkyl, and Ci-C 2 haloalkoxy.
  • R 1 is one or two substituents independently chosen from (a) and (b), where (a) is halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -SO 2 NH 2 C r C 2 haloalkyl, and C r C 2 haloalkoxy, and (b) C 1 -C 10 alkyl, C 2 -C J0 alkenyl, C 2 -C 10 alkynyl, C 2 -C 10 alkanoyl, C 2 -C 10 alkylester, C r C 10 alkoxy, mono- or di-Q- C 10 alkylcarboxamide, or a group -YZ.
  • Y is bond, or Y is C r C 10 alkyl, a C 2 Ci 0 alkenyl, or C 2 -C 10 alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain.
  • Z is hydrogen, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl)C 0 -Ci 0 alkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, Ci-C 4 alkyl, Q ⁇ alkoxy, C 1 - C 2 haloalkyl, and C r C 2 haloalkoxy;
  • R and R 1 which are covalently bound to adjacent carbon atoms may be joined to form an aromatic or partially saturated carbocyclic ring system having 1 or 2 rings, each ring having 5 or 6 ring carbon atoms.
  • R 2 is halogen, -COOH, -CONH 2 , -C(O)OCH 3 , -C(O)CH 3 , -NHC(O)OH, or amino, or
  • R 2 is -CH 2 R 3 , -NH-S(O) 2 R 3 , -CH 2 -NH-S(O) 2 R 3 , -S(O) 2 R 3 , -C(O)-NH-R 3 , -C(O)-NH-CH 2 R 3 , -NH- C(O)-R 3 , -NH-C(O)-R b , -C(O)O-R 3 , -C(O)-O-R b , -OR 3 , -C(O)-R 3 , or-C(0)-R b , each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e), or
  • R 2 is C r C 6 alkyl, phenyl, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, phenyl fused to a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring, or a bicyclic 8- to 10-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e); where
  • (c) is halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH 2 , -C(O)OH, -S(O)NH 2 , C 1 - C 2 haloalkyl, and C r C 2 haloalkoxy,
  • (d) is C 1 -C 4 alkyl, Q ⁇ alkoxy, C 2 -C 4 alkenyl, mono- and di-CrC ⁇ alkylamino, mono- and di-(Cr C 4 alkyl)carboxamide, mono- or di(CrC 4 alkyl)sulfonamide, C]C 4 alkylester, each of which is substituted with O or one ore more substituents independently chosen from oxo, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH 2 , -C(O)OH, -S(O)NH 2 , CrC 4 alkoxy, mono- and di-CrC ⁇ alkylamino, mono- and di-(Ci-C 4 alkyl)carboxamide, mono- or di(Ci-C 4 alkyl)sulfonamide, CiC 4 alkylester C r C 2 haloalkyl, and C r C 2 hal
  • R 2 and R 4 are taken together with the carbon atoms of the thiazole ring to which they are attached to form a C 5 -C 7 carbocyclic ring, which is aromatic or partially unsaturated;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, C r C 4 alkyl, or -C(O)-R d .
  • R 4 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, C r C 2 alkyl, C r C 2 alkoxy, C r C 2 haloalkyl, Ci-C 2 haloalkoxy or phenyl; or R 4 is taken together with R 2 to form a ring;
  • R a is independently chosen at each occurrence from: heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, and 5- and 6- membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, Ci-C 4 alkyl, and CpC 4 alkoxy.
  • R b is Ci-C 6 alkyl, wherein the alkyl is optionally substituted with a halogen, hydroxyl, -C(O)OH, phenyl, or 4-(NH 2 S(O) 2 )-phenyl.
  • R d is Ci-C 6 alkyl, phenyl, or 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl; r is O, 1, or 2; q is O or 1; t is O or 1 ; and q and t are not both 1.
  • the present invention includes and provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising compounds of the present invention.
  • the present invention includes and provides methods for the inhibition of hepatitis C virus replication using compounds of the present invention.
  • the present invention includes and provides methods for the treatment or prevention of hepatitis C viral infection.
  • the present invention includes and provides a method for treating or preventing hepatitis C virus in a subject in need thereof, said method comprising: administering to the subject an amount of a compound of formula (I), including compounds of formula (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), and (I-g), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, prodrug or metabolite thereof, where hepatitis C virus is treated or prevented.
  • the compound of formula I may be administered to the subject alone or may be administered to the subject in combination with one or more other active agents, such as one or more other anti-viral agents.
  • Formula I includes all subformulae thereof.
  • Formula I includes compounds of Formulas (I-a), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), and (I-i) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, hydrates, polymorphs, and thereof.
  • Formula I encompasses all compounds that satisfy Formula I, including any enantiomers, racemates and stereoisomers, as well as all pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such compounds.
  • a compound of Formula I includes all forms of such compounds, including salts and hydrates, unless clearly contraindicated by the context in which this phrase is used.
  • the compounds of Formula I may contain one or more asymmetric elements such as stereogenic centers, including chiral centers, stereogenic axes and the like, e.g. asymmetric carbon atoms, so that the compounds can exist in different stereoisomeric forms.
  • asymmetric elements such as stereogenic centers, including chiral centers, stereogenic axes and the like, e.g. asymmetric carbon atoms, so that the compounds can exist in different stereoisomeric forms.
  • These compounds can be, for example, racemates or optically active forms.
  • these compounds with two or more asymmetric elements these compounds can additionally be mixtures of diastereomers.
  • compounds having asymmetric centers it should be understood that all of the optical isomers and mixtures thereof are encompassed.
  • compounds with carbon-carbon double bonds may occur in Z- and E-forms, with all isomeric forms of the compounds being included in the present invention.
  • chiral refers to molecules, which have the property of non-superimposability of the mirror image partner.
  • stereoisomers refers to compounds, which have identical chemical constitution, but differ with regard to the arrangement of the atoms or groups in space.
  • Diastereomer refers to a stereoisomer with two or more centers of chirality and whose molecules are not mirror images of one another. Diastereomers have different physical properties, e.g., melting points, boiling points, spectral properties, and reactivities. Mixtures of diastereomers may separate under high resolution analytical procedures such as electrophoresis, crystallization in the presence of a resolving agent, or chromatography, using, for example a chiral HPLC column.
  • Enantiomers refer to two stereoisomers of a compound, which are non-superimposable mirror images of one another.
  • d and 1 or (+) and (-) are employed to designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with (-) or 1 meaning that the compound is levorotatory.
  • a compound prefixed with (+) or d is dextrorotatory.
  • these stereoisomers are identical except that they are mirror images of one another.
  • a specific stereoisomer may also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture.
  • a 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture or a racemate, which may occur where there has been no stereoselection or stereospecificity in a chemical reaction or process.
  • racemic mixture and racemate refer to an equimolar mixture of two enantiomeric species, devoid of optical activity.
  • the invention includes compounds of Formula I having all possible isotopes of atoms occurring in the compounds.
  • Isotopes include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers.
  • isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium and isotopes of carbon include 11 C, 13 C, and 14 C.
  • Certain compounds are described herein using a general formula that includes variables, e.g. R, R], R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , t, q, and r. Unless otherwise specified, each variable within such a Formula I is defined independently of other variables. Thus, if a group is said to be substituted, e.g. with 0-2 R*, then said group may be substituted with up to two R* groups and R* at each occurrence is selected independently from the definition of R*. Also, combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
  • substituted means that any one or more hydrogens on the designated atom or group is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valence is not exceeded.
  • 2 hydrogens on the atom are replaced.
  • aromatic moieties are substituted by an oxo group
  • the aromatic ring is replaced by the corresponding partially unsaturated ring.
  • a pyridyl group substituted by oxo is a pyridone.
  • Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds or useful synthetic intermediates.
  • a stable compound or stable structure is meant to imply a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation from a reaction mixture, and subsequent formulation into an effective therapeutic agent.
  • a dash (“-") that is not between two letters or symbols is used to indicate a point of attachment for a substituent.
  • -(CH 2 )C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl is attached through carbon of the methylene (CH 2 ) group.
  • alkyl includes both branched and straight chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, having the specified number of carbon atoms, generally from 1 to about 18 carbon atoms, though in some embodiments alkyl groups having from 1 to 10, 1 to 8, 1 to 6, 1 to 4, or 1 to 2 carbon atoms are preferred.
  • Alkenyl as used herein, includes straight and branched hydrocarbon chains comprising one or more unsaturated carbon-carbon bonds, which may occur in any stable point along the chain.
  • Alkenyl groups described herein typically have from 2 to about 12 carbons atoms.
  • Preferred alkenyl groups are lower alkenyl groups, those alkenyl groups having from 2 to about 8 carbon atoms, e.g. C2- C8, C2-C6, and C2-C4 alkenyl groups.
  • Examples of alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, and butenyl groups.
  • Alkynyl as used herein, includes straight or branched hydrocarbon chain comprising one or more triple carbon-carbon bonds that may occur in any stable point along the chain, such as ethynyl and propynyl.
  • Alkynyl groups described herein typically have from 2 to about 12 carbons atoms.
  • Preferred alkynyl groups are lower alkynyl groups, those alkynyl groups having from 2 to about 8 carbon atoms, e.g. C 2 -Ci 0 , C 2 -C 6 , and C 2 -C 4 alkynyl groups.
  • alkylester indicates an alkyl group as defined herein attached through an ester linkage.
  • Alkoxy indicates an alkyl group as defined above with the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an oxygen bridge (-O-).
  • alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, 2-butoxy, t-butoxy, n-pentoxy, 2-pentoxy, 3-pentoxy, isopentoxy, neopentoxy, n-hexoxy, 2-hexoxy, 3-hexoxy, and 3-methylpentoxy.
  • aryl includes radicals of an aromatic group obtained by removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent aromatic ring system and containing only carbon in the aromatic ring or rings.
  • Aromatic rings have 4n + 2 p electrons in a cyclic arrangement.
  • Such aromatic groups may be further substituted with carbon or non-carbon atoms or groups.
  • Typical aryl groups contain 1 or 2 separate, fused, or pendant rings and from 6 to about 12 ring atoms, without heteroatoms as ring members. Where indicated aryl groups may be substituted.
  • substitution may include fusion to a 5 to 7-membered saturated cyclic group that optionally contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, to form, for example, a 3,4-methylenedioxy-phenyl group.
  • Aryl groups include, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, including 1- naphthyl and 2-naphthyl, and bi-phenyl.
  • a "carbocyclic ring” may have 1 to 3 fused, pendant, or spiro rings, containing only carbon ring members.
  • a carbocyclic ring comprises contains from 3 to 8 ring members (rings having from 4 or 5 to 7 rm g members are recited in certain embodiments) and carbocycles comprising fused, pendant, or spiro rings typically contain from 9 to 14 ring members.
  • a carbocycle may be a cycloalkyl group (i.e., each ring is saturated), a partially saturated group, or an aryl group (i.e., at least one ring within the group is aromatic).
  • a carbocyclic group may generally be linked via any ring or substituent atom, provided that a stable compound results.
  • carbocylic groups such as 4- to 7-membered or 5- to 7-membered groups, may be substituted.
  • Representative aromatic carbocycles are phenyl, naphthyl and biphenyl.
  • preferred carbocycles are carbocycles having a single ring, such as phenyl and 3- to 7- membered cycloalkyl groups.
  • Cycloalkyl as used herein, includes a monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon ring group, having the specified number of carbon atoms. Monocyclic cycloalkyl groups typically have from 3 to about 8 carbon ring atoms or from 3 to about 7 carbon ring atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. [0040] In the term "(cycloalkyl)alkyl”, cycloalkyl and alkyl are as defined above, and the point of attachment is on the alkyl group.
  • (Cycloalkyl)C 0 -C 2 alkyl indicates a cycloalkyl group that is directly attached via a single covalent bond (i.e. (cycloalkyl)C 0 alkyl) or attached through an alkyl group having from 1 to about 2 carbon atoms.
  • (cycloalkyl)alkoxy cycloalkyl and alkoxy are as defined above, and the point of attachment the oxygen of the alkoxy.
  • “(Cycloalkyl)C 0 alkoxy is a cycloalky group that is attached through an oxygen linker.
  • Haloalkyl indicates both branched and straight-chain alkyl groups having the specified number of carbon atoms, substituted with 1 or more halogen atoms, generally up to the maximum allowable number of halogen atoms.
  • haloalkyl include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, and penta-fluoroethyl.
  • Haloalkoxy indicates a haloalkyl group as defined above attached through an oxygen bridge.
  • Halogen as used herein includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
  • a substituent may be a halogen or may be substituted with a halogen.
  • Heteroaryl as used herein includes an aryl group, wherein one or more carbon atoms has been replaced with another atom.
  • heteroaryl includes an aryl group as defined herein, wherein one or more carbon atoms has been replaced with oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur.
  • Heteroaryl includes stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic aromatic rings which contains from 1 to 4, or preferably from 1 to 2, heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring atoms being carbon.
  • Heteroaryl also includes stable bicyclic or tricyclic systems containing at least one 5- to 7-membered aromatic ring which contains from 1 to 3, or preferably from 1 to 2, heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring atoms being carbon.
  • the total number of S and O atoms in the heteroaryl group exceeds 1, these heteroatoms are not adjacent to one another. It is preferred that the total number of S and O atoms in the heteroaryl group is not more than 2. It is particularly preferred that the total number of S and O atoms in the aromatic heterocycle is not more than 1.
  • heterocycloalkyl includes a saturated monocyclic group containing from 1 to about 3 heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring atoms being carbon, or a saturated bicyclic ring system having at least one N, O, or S ring atom with remaining atoms being carbon.
  • Monocyclic heterocycloalkyl groups have from 4 to about 8 ring atoms, and more typically have from 5 to 7 ring atoms. Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, and pyrrolidinyl groups.
  • Heterocycle as used herein includes by way of example and not limitation these heterocycles described in Paquette, Leo A.; Principles of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry (W. A. Benjamin, New York, 1968), particularly Chapters 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, and 9; The Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds, A Series of Monographs” (John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1950 to present), in particular Volumes 13, 14, 16, 19, and 28; and J. Am. Chem. Soc. (1960) 82:5566.
  • “heterocycle” includes a "cyclic alkyl” as defined herein, wherein one or more (e.g. 1, 2, 3, or 4) carbon atoms have been replaced with a heteroatom (e.g. O, N, or S).
  • heterocycles include by way of example and not limitation pyridyl, dihydroypyridyl, tetrahydropyridyl (piperidyl), thiazolyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, sulfur oxidized tetrahydrothiophenyl, pyrimidinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, benzofuranyl, thianaphthalenyl, indolyl, indolenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidonyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquino
  • carbon bonded heterocycles are bonded at position 2, 3, or 4 of a pyridine, position 3 or 4of a pyridazine, position 2, 4, or 5 of a pyrimidine, position 2 or 3of a pyrazine, position 2 or 3 of a furan, tetrahydrofuran, thiofuran, pyrrole or tetrahydropyrrole, position 2, 4, or 5 of an oxazole, imidazole or thiazole, position 3, 4, or 5 of an isoxazole, pyrazole, or isothiazole, position 2 or 3 of an azetidine, position 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 of a quinoline or position 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 of an isoquinoline.
  • carbon bonded heterocycles include 2-pyridyl, 3 -pyridyl, 4- pyridyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 4-pyridazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 2- thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, or 5-thiazolyl.
  • nitrogen bonded heterocycles are bonded at position 1 of an aziridine, azetidine, pyrrole, pyrrolidine, 2-pyrroline, 3-pyrroline, imidazole, imidazolidine, 2-imidazoline, 3-imidazoline, pyrazole, pyrazoline, 2-pyrazoline, 3-pyrazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indole, indoline, lH-indazole, position 2 of a isoindole, or isoindoline, position 4 of a morpholine, and position 9 of a carbazole, or ⁇ -carboline.
  • nitrogen bonded heterocycles include 1-pyrrolyl, 1-imidazolyl, 1-pyrazolyl, and 1-piperidinyl.
  • the term "mono- and/ or di-alkylamino” inincludes secondary or tertiary alkyl amino groups, wherein the alkyl groups are as defined above and have the indicated number of carbon atoms. The point of attachment of the alkylamino group is on the nitrogen.
  • the alkyl groups are independently chosen. Examples of mono- and di-alkylamino groups include ethylamino, dimethylamino, and methyl-propyl-amino.
  • “Mono- and/or dialkylaminoalkyl” groups are mono- and/ or di-alkylamino groups attached through an alkyl linker having the specified number of carbon atoms, for example a di-methylaminoethyl group.
  • Tertiary amino substituents may by designated by nomenclature of the form N-R-N-R', indicating that the groups R and R' are both attached to a single nitrogen atom.
  • Phenoxy means a conjugate base of a phenyl alcohol.
  • (Phenyl)alkyl is a phenyl group covalently bound to an alkyl radical as described above.
  • (phenyl)alkoxy refers to a phenyl group covalently bound to an alkoxy radical as described above.
  • exemplary phenoxy radicals include;
  • treatment or “treating,” to the extent it relates to a disease or condition includes preventing the disease or condition from occurring, inhibiting the disease or condition, eliminating the disease or condition, and/or relieving one or more symptoms of the disease or condition.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable salts” includes derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by making non-toxic acid or base salts thereof, and further refers to pharmaceutically acceptable solvates of such compounds and such salts.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts and the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids.
  • conventional non-toxic acid salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, pamoic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicylic, mesylic, esylic, besylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isethionic, HOOC-(CH 2 ) n -COOH where n is 0-4, and the like.
  • inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phospho
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from a parent compound, a basic or acidic moiety, by conventional chemical methods.
  • such salts can be prepared by reacting free acid forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base (such as Na, Ca, Mg, or K hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate, or the like), or by reacting free base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate acid.
  • Such reactions are typically carried out in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two.
  • non-aqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred, where practicable. Lists of additional suitable salts may be found, e.g., in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa.
  • compositions of the present invention refers to an excipient for administration of a pharmaceutical agent, such as the compounds of the present invention.
  • the term refers to any pharmaceutical excipient that may be administered without undue toxicity.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients are determined in part by the particular composition being administered, as well as by the particular method used to administer the composition. Accordingly, there exist a wide variety of suitable pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention.
  • the formulations may be prepared by any of the methods known in the art of pharmacy. For example, exemplary techniques and formulations are found in Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA).
  • formulations of the present invention are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient, e.g., a compound of the present invention, with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, optionally shaping the product.
  • prodrugs includes any compounds that become compounds of Formula I when administered to a mammalian subject, e.g., upon metabolic processing of the prodrug.
  • prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate and like derivatives of functional groups (such as alcohol or amine groups) in the compounds of Formula I.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of this invention means an amount effective, when administered to a human or non-human patient, to provide a therapeutic benefit such as an amelioration of symptoms, e.g., an amount effective to decrease the symptoms of a viral infection, and preferably an amount sufficient to reduce the symptoms of an HCV infection. In certain circumstances a patient suffering from a viral infection may not present symptoms of being infected. Thus a therapeutically effective amount of a compound is also an amount sufficient to prevent a significant increase or significantly reduce the detectable level of virus or viral antibodies in the patient's blood, serum, or tissues. A significant increase or reduction in the detectable level of virus or viral antibodies is any detectable change that is statistically significant in a standard parametric test of statistical significance such as Student's T-test, where p ⁇ 0.05.
  • a "replicon” as used herein includes any genetic element, for example, a plasmid, cosmid, bacmid, phage or virus, that is capable of replication largely under its own control.
  • a replicon may be either RNA or DNA and may be single or double stranded.
  • Nucleic acid or a “nucleic acid molecule” as used herein refers to any DNA or RNA molecule, either single or double stranded and, if single stranded, the molecule of its complementary sequence in either linear or circular form.
  • nucleic acid molecules a sequence or structure of a particular nucleic acid molecule can be described herein according to the normal convention of providing the sequence in the 5' to 3' direction.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations of the invention may comprise a combination of compounds of the present invention, or may include a second active ingredient useful in the treatment of viral infections, such as anti-viral agents that include, but are not limited to: pegylated alpha interferon; un-pegylated alpha interferon; ribavirin; protease inhibitors; polyermase inhibitors; p7 inhibitors; entry inhibitors, including fusion inhibitors such as FuzeonTM (Trimeris); helicase inhibitors; anti-fibrotics; drugs that target IMPDH (inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitors), such as MerimepadibTM (Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc.); synthetic thymosin alpha 1 (ZAD AXINTM, SciClone Pharmaceuticals Inc.); therapeutic viral vaccines, such as those produced by Chiron and Immunogenics; and immunomodulators, such as histamine.
  • anti-viral agents include, but are not limited to: pegylated alpha interferon; un-peg
  • compounds are provided that are useful for treating or preventing hepatitis C virus infection.
  • compounds are provided that are useful for inhibiting replication of hepatitis C virus.
  • the invention includes methods of treatment using compounds of the Formula (I-a)
  • Aii is fluorenyl
  • a ⁇ i is phenyl, naphthyl, a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl group, or a 9- or 10- membered bicyclic heteroaryl group, wherein Ari is substituted with R and Rj.
  • R is 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, C r C 2 alkyl, C r C 2 alkoxy, C r C 2 haloalkyl, and C r C 2 haloalkoxy.
  • Ri is one or two substituents independently chosen from (a) and (b)
  • Z is hydrogen, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl)Co-Cioalkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, Cp C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, Ci-C 2 haloalkyl, and C r C 2 haloalkoxy.
  • R and Ri which are covalently bound to adjacent carbon atoms may be joined to form an aromatic or partially saturated carbocyclic ring system having 1 or 2 rings, each ring having 5 or 6 ring carbon atoms.
  • R 2 is halogen, -COOH, -CONH 2 , -C(O)OCH 3 , -C(O)CH 3 , -NHC(O)OH, or amino.
  • R 2 is -CH 2 R a , -NH-S(O) 2 R 3 , -CH 2 -NH-S(O) 2 R 3 , -S(O) 2 R 3 , -C(O)-NH-R 3 , -C(O)-NH-CH 2 R 3 , - NH-C(O)-R 3 , -NH-C(O)-R b , -C(O)O-R 3 , -C(O)-O-R b , -OR 3 , -C(O)-R 3 , or-C(O)-R b , each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e).
  • R 2 is Ci-C 6 alkyl, phenyl, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, phenyl fused to a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring, or a bicyclic 8- to 10-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e);
  • R 2 and R 4 may be taken together with the carbon atoms of the thiazole ring to which they are attached to form a C 5 -C 7 carbocyclic ring, which is aromatic or partially unsaturated.
  • R 3 is hydrogen, C r C 4 alkyl, or -C(O)-R d .
  • R 4 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, Ci-C 2 alkyl, C r C 2 alkoxy, Ci-C 2 haloalkyl, Ci-C 2 haloalkoxy or phenyl; or R 4 is taken together with R 2 to form a ring.
  • R a is heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, Ci-C 4 alkyl, and CpC 4 alkoxy.
  • R b is Ci-C 6 alkyl, wherein the alkyl is optionally substituted with a halogen, hydroxyl, -C(O)OH, phenyl, or 4-(NH 2 S(O) 2 )-phenyl.
  • Ra is Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, phenyl, or 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl.
  • r is O, 1, or 2.
  • R 4 is not hydrogen
  • At least one Ri is other than halogen, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkoxy, amino, - C(O)NH 2 , -S(O) 2 NH 2 , unsubstituted alkanoyl, unsubstituted alkylester, or -S(O) 2 NH(heteroaryl); or
  • R 2 is other than aryl or heteroaryl; or (iv) R 2 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with at least one group other than halogen, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkoxy, amino, -C(O)NH 2 , -S(O) 2 NH 2 , unsubstituted alkanoyl, unsubstituted alkylester, or -S(O) 2 NH(heteroaryl).
  • the invention includes compounds, salts and hydrates of Formula I-a, in which one or more of the following conditions are met.
  • the invention includes compounds of Formula I in which the variables Ar 1 , Ri, R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , t, q, carry any combination of the definitions set forth below for these variables that results in a stable compound.
  • Ari is phenyl substituted with R and R 1 .
  • Ari is pyridyl substituted with R and R 1 .
  • Ari is phenyl, pyridyl, benzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, or tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, each substituted with R and R 1 .
  • Ar 1 is fluorenyl
  • Ar 1 is phenyl or pyridyl, each substituted with R and R 1 ; and t, q, and r are all 0.
  • Ar 1 is phenyl, naphthyl, a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl group, or a 9- or 10- membered bicyclic heteroaryl group, wherein Ar 1 is substituted with R and R 1 .
  • R is 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, Q ⁇ alkyl, C 1 -C 2 alkoxy, Ci-C 2 haloalkyl, and C 1 -C 2 haloalkoxy.
  • Ri is one or two substituents independently chosen from (a) and (b); (a) halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -SO 2 NH 2 CrC 2 haloalkyl, and Ci-C 2 haloalkoxy, and (b) C 1 -C 10 alkyl, C 2 -C 1 O alkenyl, C 2 -C 10 alkynyl, C 2 -C 10 alkanoyl, C 2 -C 10 alkylester, C 1 -C 10 alkoxy, mono- or di-C r Cioalkylcarboxamide, or a group -YZ.
  • Y is bond, or Y is C r C 10 alkyl, a C 2 C 10 alkenyl, or C 2 -C 10 alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and Z is hydrogen, C 3 - C 7 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl)C 0 - C 10 alkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, CpC 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, C r C 2
  • Ar 1 is phenyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl group substituted with an R 1 in the meta position.
  • Ari is phenyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl group substituted with an Ri in the para position.
  • Ari is phenyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl group substituted with independently chosen Ri substituents in the meta and para positions.
  • Ari is phenyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl group substituted with independently chosen Ri substituents in the meta and para positions and R is 0 substituents.
  • Ari is phenyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl group substituted with an Ri substituent in either the meta and para positions; and at least one Ri is C 4 -C 10 alkyl, C 4 -Ci 0 alkenyl, C 4 -C 10 alkynyl, C 4 - C I0 alkanoyl, C 4 -Ci 0 alkylester, C 4 -Ci 0 alkoxy, mono- or di-C 4 -Ci 0 alkylcarboxamide, or a group -YZ.
  • Y is bond, or Y is C 4 -Ci 0 alkyl, a C 4 Ci 0 alkenyl, or C 4 -Ci 0 alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and Z is hydrogen, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl)Co-Cioalkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, C r C 4 alkyl, C r C 4 alkoxy
  • a second Ri is halogen, trifluoromethyl, or trifluoromethoxy.
  • (j) Ari is phenyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl group substituted with Ri substituents in either the meta and para positions; and one Ri is C 4 -Ci 0 alkyl, C 4 -Ci 0 alkenyl, C 4 -Ci 0 alkynyl, C 4 -Cioalkanoyl, C 4 -Ci 0 alkylester, C 4 -Ci 0 alkoxy, mono- or di-C 4 -Ci 0 alkylcarboxamide, or a group -YZ.
  • Y is bond, or Y is C 4 -Ci O alkyl, a C 4 Ci 0 alkenyl, or C 4 -Ci O alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and Z is hydrogen, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl)C 0 -Ci 0 alkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, C r C 4 alkyl, Ci-Qalkoxy
  • (k) Ari is phenyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl group substituted with Ri substituents in either the meta and para positions; and one Rj is a group -YZ.
  • Y is bond, or Y is C 4 -Ci 0 alkyl, a C 4 - Ci O alkenyl, or C 4 -Ci O alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and Z is hydrogen, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl)C 0 -Ci 0 alkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substitute
  • Aii is phenyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl group substituted with Ri substituents in either the meta and para positions; and one Ri is a group -YZ.
  • Y is C 6 -C 10 alkyl, a C 6 Ci 0 alkenyl, or C 6 - C[ O alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain
  • Z is C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, C r C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy,
  • R is 1 or 2 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, C r C 2 alkyl, C r C 2 alkoxy, Ci-C 2 haloalkyl, and C r C 2 haloalkoxy.
  • R is 1 or 2 substituents independently chosen from hydroxyl, cyano, C r C 2 alkyl, Q- C 2 alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, and trifluoromethoxy.
  • R is one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, phenyl, and cyano.
  • R is one or more substituents independently chosen from fluorine and chlorine.
  • At least one Ri is C r Cio alkyl, C 2 -C] 0 alkenyl, C 2 -Ci 0 alkynyl, C 2 -Ci 0 alkanoyl, C 2 - C 10 alkylester, C r Ci 0 alkoxy, mono- or di-C r Cioalkylcarboxamide, or a group -YZ.
  • Y is bond, or Y is CpCioalkyl, a C 2 Ci 0 alkenyl, or C 2 -C] 0 alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and Z is hydrogen, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl)C 0 -Ci 0 alkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, CrQalkyl, C r C 4 alkoxy, Ci-
  • At least one Ri is:
  • Ri is one or two substituents independently chosen from (a) and (b), (a) halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, Ci-C 2 haloalkyl, and C r C 2 haloalkoxy, and (b) Ci-C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, Ci-Ci 0 alkoxy, (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl)C 0 -C 2 alkyl, (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl)C 0 -C 2 alkoxy, mono- and di- Ci-C 6 alkylamino, (phenyl)Co-C 2 alkyl, (phenyl)C 0 -C 2 alkoxy, (indanyl)Co-C 2 alkyl, (indanyl)C 0 -C 2 alkoxy, and (heterocycloalkyl)Co-C 2 alkyl, where
  • At least one Ri is (a) halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, C r C 2 haloalkyl, Q- C 2 haloalkoxy, (b) Q-C 8 alkyl, Ci-Ci 0 alkoxy, or (phenyl)C 0 -C 2 alkoxy, each of which is substituted with 0 or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, methyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, and phenyl.
  • At least one R] is t-butyl, trifluoromethyl, n-pentoxy, benzyloxy, or para-chlorophenoxy.
  • At least one Ri is n-butoxy, trifluomethoxy, phenoxy, n-butyl, or phenyl.
  • At least one Ri is C I -C] 0 alkyl, Ci-Ci 0 alkoxy, (phenyl)C 0 -C 2 alkyl, indanyl-oxy, or phenoxy, each of which is substituted with 0 or 1 or more independently chosen halogen substituents.
  • At least one Ri is Ci-C 10 alkoxy, phenyl, indanyloxy, or phenoxy, each of which is substituted with 0 or 1 or more independently chosen halogen substituents.
  • At least one Ri is methoxy, phenoxy, n-butoxy, n-pentyloxy, n-hexyloxy, n-heptanyloxy, n-octanyloxy, phenyl(CH) 2 O- benzyloxy, cycloalkylmethyloxy, indanyloxy, or trifluoromethoxy.
  • At least one Ri is an independently chosen Q-Q 0 alkoxy substituent, substituted with 0 or one or more fluorine substituents.
  • At least one Ri is an independently chosen Ci-Ci 0 alkoxy substituent, which is substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from phenyl, indanyl, and naphthyl.
  • At least one Ri is a C r Ci 0 alkoxy substituent, substituted with a phenyl substituent or C 3 - C 7 cycloalkyl substituent.
  • At least one Ri is a Ci-C 10 alkyl, substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, phenyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, and 5- to 6- membered heterocyloalkyl.
  • At least one Ri is methyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, t-butyl, benzyl, trifluoromethyl, or piperidin- 1-ylmethyl.
  • At least one R] is heterocycloalkyl or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, each of which is substituted with 0 or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, Q-Gjalkyl, Q- C 4 alkoxy, Q-C 2 haloalkyl, Q-C 2 haloalkoxy, phenyl, and naphthyl.
  • At least one R] is morpholin-1-yl, 4-phenyl-piperidin-l-yl, l,2,3-thiazol-4-yl, or 2- methylpyrimidin-6-yl.
  • At least one Ri is Q-C 2 haloalkyl, Q-C 8 alkyl, (phenyl)C 1 -C 2 alkyl > or (heterocycloalkyl)C r C 2 alkyl .
  • At least one Rj is (5- and 6-membered heterocycloalkyl)C 0 -Q 0 alkoxy, each of which is substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from Q-C 4 alkyl and phenyl.
  • the 5- and 6-membered heterocycloalkyl comprise nitrogen or oxygen or both.
  • Ri is morpholinyl or piperidinyl.
  • Ri is a 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, substituted with a phenyl
  • At least one Ri is 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from C r C 4 alkyl and phenyl
  • Ri is thiadiazolyl.
  • Ri is 4-methyl-l,2,3 thiadiazolyl.
  • Ri is pyrimidinyl.
  • (CC) Ri is 4-methyl-pyrimidinyl.
  • Ri is a Ci-Cio alkoxy.
  • R is halogen or trifluoromethyl, t, q, and r are all 0 and R 4 " is hydrogen, halogen, methyl, or phenyl.
  • R 3 is hydrogen.
  • the invention includes compounds Formula (I-h) and (I-i) in which the positions of R 2 and R 4 are fixed. Compounds of Formula (I-h) and (I-i) in which q ant t are 0 and r is 0 or are preferred.
  • the invention includes:
  • the invention includes compounds of formula (I-h) or (I-i) in which t and q are 0 and r is
  • R 2 is phenyl, substituted with 0 or 1 or more independently chosen halogen substituents.
  • R 2 is phenyl substituted with one or more chlorine or fluorine substituents.
  • R 2 is phenyl substituted with fluoro at the para position.
  • R 2 is a 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl.
  • R 2 is a 6-membered heteroaryl.
  • R 2 is a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl comprising nitrogen.
  • R 2 is 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl group comprises sulfur.
  • R 2 is phenyl
  • R 2 is phenyl, substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, cyano, 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and alkoxy, wherein the alkoxy is substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, R a , -C(O)OH, and -C(O)-O-R b .
  • R 2 is a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl group, which is substituted with O or (p) R 2 is -C(O)-NH-R 3 ,-C(O)-, -C(O)-O-H, or -C(O)-O- -Rb- (q) R 2 is -COOH, C r Calkylester or
  • R 2 is C 1 -Cn alkyl substituted with 0 or 1 or more phenyl or amino substituents, wherein the amino is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from -C(O)-O-R b and or — S(O) 2 R a ; or R 2 and R 4 are taken together with the carbon atoms of the thiazole ring to which they are attached to form an aryl ring.
  • R 2 is halogen, or amino substituted with O or 1 -C(O)-R 2 .
  • R 4 is hydrogen or halogen; and R 2 is -CH 2 R 35 -C(O)-NH-R 3 , -C(O)-NH-CH 2 R 3 , -NH- C(O)-R 3 , -C(O)O-R 3 , -0R a , -C(O)-R a , or-C(O)-R b , each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e).
  • R a is heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or 5- and 6-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, Ci-C 4 alkyl, and C 1 -C 4 alkoxy.
  • R a is piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, or pyrrolidinyl.
  • R 4 is hydrogen or halogen; and R 2 is phenyl, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, phenyl fused to a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring, or a bicyclic 8- to 10-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e).
  • (d) is chosen from C 1 -C 4 alkyl, C r C 4 alkoxy, C 2 - C 4 alkenyl, mono- and di-CrC 6 alkylamino, mono- and di-(C r C 4 alkyl)carboxamide, mono- or di(C r C 4 alkyl)sulfonamide, CiQalkylester, each of which is substituted with O or one ore more substituents independently chosen from oxo, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH 2 , -C(O)OH, - S(O)NH 2 , C
  • R 2 is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted with O or 1 or 2 substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e).
  • R 2 is piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, or pyrrolidinyl, each of which is substituted with O or 1 or 2 substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e).
  • R 2 is a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, phenyl fused to a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring, or a bicyclic 8- to 10-membered heteroaryl chosen from imidazo[2,l-b]thiazol-5-yl, pyrazinyl, lH-imidazo[l,2-a]pyridin-3-yl, thiazolo[3,2-b][l,2,4]triazol-5-yl, isoxazol-3-yl, imidazo[l,2- a]pyridin-2-yl, thiazolyl, 2H-benzo[b][l,4]oxazin-3(4H)-one, benzo[d]thiazol-2-yl, thienyl, benzofuran-2- yl, benzo[d]oxazol-2(3H)-one, pyrimidinyl, imidazolyl,
  • the invention also provides compounds of Formula I-a
  • Ar 1 is phenyl, naphthyl, a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl group, or a 9- or 10- membered bicyclic heteroaryl group, wherein Ar 1 is substituted with R and Ri.
  • R is O or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, C r C 2 alkyl, C r C 2 alkoxy, C r C 2 haloalkyl, and C r C 2 haloalkoxy.
  • R 1 is one or two substituents independently chosen from (a) and (b): (a) halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -SO 2 NH 2 C r C 2 haloalkyl, and C 1 - C 2 haloalkoxy, and
  • Ci-Cio alkyl C 2 -Ci 0 alkenyl, C 2 -C 10 alkynyl, C 2 -C 10 alkanoyl, C 2 -Ci 0 alkylester, Ci-C 10 alkoxy, mono- or di-Ci-Cioalkylcarboxamide, or a group -YZ,.
  • Y is bond, or Y is Ci-Ci O alkyl, a C 2 Ci 0 alkenyl, or C 2 -Ci 0 alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and
  • Z is hydrogen, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl)Co-Ci 0 alkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, and at least one Ri is a group -YZ in which Y is C 6 -Ci 0 alkyl, a C 6 C 10 alkenyl, or C 6 -C 10 alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C 3 -C 7 cycl
  • R 2 is halogen, -COOH, -CONH 2 , -C(O)OCH 3 , -C(O)CH 3 , -NHC(O)OH, or amino, or
  • R 2 is -CH 2 R a , -NH-S(O) 2 R 3 , -CH 2 -NH-S(O) 2 R 3 , -S(O) 2 R 3 , -C(O)-NH-R 3 , -C(O)-NH-CH 2 R 3 , -NH- C(O)-R 3 , -NH-C(0)-R b , -C(O)O-R 3 , -C(O)-O-R b , -OR 3 , -C(O)-R 3 , or-C(O)-R b , each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e), or
  • R 2 is Ci-C 6 alkyl, phenyl, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, phenyl fused to a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring, or a bicyclic 8- to 10-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e);
  • R 2 and R 4 are taken together with the carbon atoms of the thiazole ring to which they are attached to form a C 5 -C 7 carbocyclic ring, which is aromatic or partially unsaturated.
  • R 3 is hydrogen, C r C 4 alkyl, or -C(O)-R d .
  • R 4 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, Ci-C 2 alkyl, C]-C 2 alkoxy, Ci-C 2 haloalkyl, C r C 2 haloalkoxy or phenyl; or R 4 is taken together with R 2 to form a ring.
  • R a is heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, C 1 -C 4 alkyl, and Ci-C 4 alkoxy.
  • R b is C r C 6 alkyl, wherein the alkyl is optionally substituted with a halogen, hydroxyl, -C(O)OH, phenyl, or 4-(NH 2 S(O) 2 )-phenyl;
  • R d is Ci-C ⁇ alkyl, phenyl, or 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl; r is O, 1, or 2; q is O or 1; and t is O or 1; and q and t are not both 1.
  • the methods of the invention generally comprise administering a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of the present invention to a subject in need of treatment.
  • the methods of the invention comprise administering a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of the present invention to a subject in need of treatment for HCV infection.
  • the present invention provides a method for treating or preventing hepatitis C virus infection in a subject in need thereof, said method comprising: administering to the subject an amount of a compound of formula (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h) or (I-i) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a prodrug or metabolite thereof, wherein hepatitis C virus infection is treated or prevented.
  • a compound of formula (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h) or (I-i) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a prodrug or metabolite thereof wherein hepatitis C virus infection is treated or prevented.
  • the present invention further includes a method for treating or preventing hepatitis C virus infection in a subject in need thereof, said method comprising: administering to said subject an amount of at least one, at least two, at least three, or at least four compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), or (I-i), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or prodrugs or metabolites thereof, wherein hepatitis C virus is treated or prevented.
  • the present invention provides a method for treating or preventing hepatitis C virus in a subject in need thereof, said method comprising: administering to said subject both an amount of an additional anti-HCV agent and an amount of one or more compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I- d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), or (I-i), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a prodrug or metabolite thereof, wherein hepatitis C virus is treated or prevented.
  • Anti-HCV agents are those agents, including for example, compounds of the present invention, that are believed to inhibit hepatitis C virus. Anti-HCV agents may believed to inhibit HCV as indicated by, for example, any clinical observations or laboratory experiments. Anti-HCV agents may act by any mechanism. Without being limited by any theory, a compound of the present invention that is an anti-HCV agent may inhibit HCV by causing miscleavage of the HCV polyprotein and leading to formation of miscleavage products. In another embodiment, a compound of the present invention that is an anti-HCV agent may lead to formation of defective replication complexes.
  • RNA synthesis proceeds as a two-step process: initiation and elongation.
  • initiation an initiated template RNA is formed in which only a portion of the newly synthesized positive or negative strand RNA is made using a minus or plus strand template.
  • the partial transcripts may be unable to dissociate from the RNA polymerase.
  • elongation the remainder of the positive or negative strand RNA transcript is synthesized.
  • a compound of the present invention blocks replication prior to initiation.
  • a compound of the present invention blocks replication after initiation.
  • a compound of the present invention blocks replication prior to elongation.
  • a compound of the present invention blocks replication after elongation. In an embodiment, a compound of the present invention blocks replication prior to both initiation and elongation. In another embodiment, a compound of the invention blocks replication after both initiation and elongation.
  • Additional anti-HCV agents may optionally be formulated together with compounds of the invention in a single pharmaceutical formulation or may be administered as separate formulations.
  • additional anti- HCV agents include pegylated alpha interferon, un-pegylated alpha interferon, ribavirin, protease inhibitors, polymerase inhibitors, p7 inhibitors, entry inhibitors, a fusion inhibitors, an anti-fibrotics, drugs which targets inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitors (IMPDH), synthetic thymosin alpha 1, therapeutic vaccines, immunomodulators, and helicase inhibitors.
  • IMPDH inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitors
  • hepatitis C virus may be evaluated by any techniques available to the skilled artisan.
  • treatment of hepatitis C virus may be evaluated by analyzing RNA levels of hepatitis C virus, anti-HCV antibodies, and hepatocellular damage.
  • treatment or prevention of HCV may be monitored by observing the levels of serum alanine amino transferase (ALT) and aspartate aminotransferase (AST).
  • ALT serum alanine amino transferase
  • AST aspartate aminotransferase
  • the present invention provides a method for treating a subject that has liver disease, comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of the present invention, where the subject that has liver disease is treated.
  • a subject is any living organism that may benefit from treatment for a disease or condition.
  • a subject includes without limitation mammals such as dogs, cats, cows, horses, rabbits, monkeys, and humans.
  • a subject is a human.
  • Subjects that may benefit from treatment include those that have been diagnosed with a disease or condition, those that are suspected of having a disease or condition, or those that may be susceptible to a disease or condition.
  • Benefits of treatment may include prevention of a disease or condition or amelioration of a disease or condition, including elimination of a disease or condition.
  • a subject that has liver disease includes any subject that has any manifestation of liver dysfunction.
  • a subject that has liver disease further includes any subject that has a history of any disease that is associated with liver dysfunction.
  • a disease that is associated with liver dysfunction is a disease for which it is known or suspected that the liver may be affected. Liver dysfunction may be determined by clinical evaluation, laboratory testing, pathology report, or any other means available to the skilled artisan.
  • a subject that has liver disease may have, without limitation, acute hepatitis, chronic hepatitis, liver cancer, cirrhosis of the liver, end-stage liver disease, or any combination thereof.
  • a subject that has liver disease includes a liver transplant patient.
  • a subject that has liver disease includes any subject that has antibodies to hepatitis C virus.
  • One or more compounds of the present invention may be administered to the subject via any drug delivery route known in the art.
  • Specific exemplary administration routes include oral, ocular, rectal, buccal, topical, nasal, ophthalmic, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous (bolus and infusion), intracerebral, transdermal, and pulmonary.
  • Individuals infected with HCV can be treated with the compounds of the present invention to prevent or reduce further replication of HCV.
  • therapeutically effective amount refers for example to an amount of a compound of the present invention effective to inhibit HCV translation, thereby effectively treating or ameliorating the HCV infection.
  • the precise effective amount for a subject may depend upon factors such as the subject's body weight, size, health, age, other medications, for example.
  • Therapeutically effective amounts for a given patient can be determined by routine experimentation that is within the skill and judgment of the clinician.
  • the therapeutically effective amount can be estimated initially either in cell culture assays or in relevant animal models, such as rodents.
  • An animal model may also be used to determine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. Such information can then be used to determine useful doses and routes for administration in humans.
  • Therapeutic efficacy and toxicity may be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., ED 50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population) and LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population).
  • the dose ratio between therapeutic and toxic effects is the therapeutic index, and it can be expressed as the ratio, ED 5O /LD 5 o.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred.
  • the dosage contained in such compositions is preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include an ED 50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed, sensitivity of the patient, and the route of administration.
  • the concentration-biological effect relationships observed with regard to the compound(s) of the present invention indicate an initial target plasma concentration ranging from approximately 1 ⁇ g/ml to approximately 100 ⁇ g/mL, preferably from approximately 5 ⁇ g/mL to approximately 50 ⁇ g/mL, more preferably from approximately 10 ⁇ g/mL to approximately 50 ⁇ g/mL, even more preferably from approximately 10 ⁇ g/mL to approximately 25 ⁇ g/mL.
  • the compounds of the invention may be administered at doses that vary from 0.1 ⁇ g to 100,000 mg, depending upon the route of administration.
  • Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of delivery is provided in the literature and is generally available to practitioners in the art.
  • the dose will be in the range of about lmg/day to about lOg/day, or about O.lg to about 3g/day, or about 0.3g to about 3g/day, or about 0.5g to about 2g/day, in single, divided, or continuous doses for a patient weighing between about 40 to about 100 kg (which dose may be adjusted for patients above or below this weight range, particularly children under 40 kg).
  • the exact dosage will be determined by the practitioner, in light of factors related to the subject that requires treatment. Dosage and administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels of the active agent(s) or to maintain the desired effect. Factors which may be taken into account include the severity of the disease state, general health of the subject, age, weight, and gender of the subject, diet, time and frequency of administration, drug combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and tolerance/response to therapy. Long-acting pharmaceutical compositions may be administered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or once every two weeks depending on half-life and clearance rate of the particular formulation.
  • the present invention provides a method for inhibiting hepatitis C virus replication in a subject in need thereof, said method comprising: administering to said subject an amount of a compound of formula (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), or (I-i), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a prodrug or metabolite thereof, wherein hepatitis C virus replication is inhibited.
  • Inhibition of hepatitis C virus replication may be measured by any technique known to the artisan. For example, inhibition may be measured by clinical observation, or laboratory tests such as EC 5O - In another embodiment, inhibition of hepatitis C virus replication may be measured by a decrease in nucleotide or protein production and includes a reduction in HCV replication of at least about 10%, at least about 25%, at least about 35%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99% as compared with HCV replication prior to administration of one or more compounds of the invention.
  • inhibition of hepatitis C virus replication may be measured by a decrease in nucleotide or protein production and includes a reduction in HCV replication of at least about 10%, at least about 25%, at least about 35%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99% as compared with HCV replication prior to administration of one or more compounds of the invention.
  • a method for inhibiting HCV replication comprising contacting a compound of formula (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I- f), (I-g), (I-h), or (I-i) with a hepatitis C virus replicon, replicase complex, or polyprotein or fragment, wherein replication of hepatitis C virus is inhibited.
  • the present invention provides a method for inhibiting HCV replicase complex activity comprising contacting a compound of formula (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), or (I-i) with a hepatitis C virus replicon, replicase complex, or polyprotein or fragment, wherein hepatitis C virus replicase complex activity is inhibited.
  • the compounds of the present invention may also be used in assays, such as for example diagnostic, screening or cell culture assays.
  • a compound of the present invention may be contacted with a cell expressing a hepatitis C virus RNA replicon in any manner that permits the test compound and the cell comprising the replicon to interact.
  • a test compound may be contacted with a cell expressing a hepatitis C virus RNA replicon by mixing the test compound and the cell together in vivo or in vitro, for example in any container such as a flask, a replicate plate, a tube, or a vial.
  • a replicon is a genetic element, including by way of non-limiting example, a plasmid, cosmid, bacmid, phage or virus or any portion of the foregoing that is capable of replication largely under its own control.
  • a replicon may be either RNA or DNA and may be single- or double-stranded.
  • a replicon may contain a positive nucleic acid strand, a negative nucleic acid strand or both.
  • an HCV replicon comprises the NS5B nonstructural protein of an HCV genome.
  • an HCV replicon comprises the NS3-NS4A nonstructural proteins of an HCV genome.
  • an HCV replicon comprises the NS3-NS5B nonstructural proteins of an HCV genome.
  • one or more HCV nonstructural proteins is operably linked to sequences necessary for efficient replication.
  • HCV replicon any HCV replicon may be used in the methods of the present invention.
  • a hepatitis C virus RNA replicon can be used in the methods of the present invention.
  • An HCV replicon may be obtained in any manner.
  • RNA molecules encoding an HCV replicon may be produced by in vitro transcription and transfected into cells such as by electroporation.
  • the HCV replicon may be DNA that is transfected.
  • An HCV replicon may be transfected into any cells known to the skilled artisan.
  • an HCV replicon is transfected into Huh-7 cells using electroporation.
  • an HCV replicon is obtained from an accession database such as GenBank or ATCC.
  • the present invention also contemplates contacting a compound of the invention with a cell that expresses an HCV replicase complex.
  • Any HCV replicase complex may be used in the methods of the present invention.
  • replicase complexes may be isolated in any manner known to the skilled artisan.
  • Replicase complexes may be isolated for example as described in Lohmann, V. et al, Replication of subgenomic hepatitis C virus RNAs in a hepatoma cell line, Science 285:110-113 (1999); Blight, K.J., et al, Efficient replication of hepatitis C virus genotype Ia RNAs in cell culture, J. Virol.
  • Exemplary replicase complexes include those that comprise an NS5B protein or fragment thereof, an NS3-NS5B polyprotein or fragment thereof, or an NS3-NS4A polyprotein or fragment thereof.
  • a replicase complex that is isolated includes one that is removed or separated from its natural environment. Any techniques for removing a replicase complex from the location where it is naturally found may be used for isolation, including for example extraction, fractionation, centrifugation, precipitation, etc.
  • the present invention also contemplates contacting a cell that expresses an isolated HCV polyprotein or fragment thereof. Any isolated HCV polyprotein or fragment thereof may be used in the methods of the present invention.
  • HCV polyproteins may be isolated for example as described in Lohmann, V. et al, Replication of subgenomic hepatitis C virus RNAs in a hepatoma cell line, Science 285:110-113 (1999); Blight, K.J., et al, Efficient replication of hepatitis C virus genotype Ia RNAs in cell culture, J. Virol. 77(5) 3181-90 (2003); WoIk, B.
  • Exemplary hepatitis C virus polyproteins or fragments thereof of the present invention include those that comprise an NS5B protein or fragment thereof, an NS3-NS5B polyprotein or fragment thereof, or an NS3-NS4A polyprotein or fragment thereof.
  • a polyprotein or fragment thereof that is isolated includes one that is removed or separated from its natural environment. An isolated polyprotein or fragment thereof may optionally be purified from other components.
  • the present invention further provides a method of screening for a compound of the present invention useful for treating hepatitis C virus, the method comprising contacting a cell comprising hepatitis C viral replicon, isolated replicase complex or isolated polypeptide with a compound of the present invention, measuring inhibition of hepatitis C virus replication, and selecting a candidate compound that is capable of inhibiting hepatitis C virus.
  • compositions of the present invention While it is possible for the compounds of the present invention to be administered neat, it may be preferable to formulate the compounds as pharmaceutical formulations.
  • pharmaceutical formulations useful in the methods of the invention are provided.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations of the invention may be prepared with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as carriers, solvents, stabilizers, adjuvants, diluents, glidants, etc., depending upon the particular mode of administration and dosage fo ⁇ n.
  • Formulations optionally contain excipients such as those set forth in the Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients (1986).
  • the pharmaceutical formulations should generally be formulated to achieve a physiologically compatible pH, and may range from a pH of about 3 to a pH of about 11, a pH of about 7 to a pH of about 10, a pH of about 5 to a pH of about pH 8, preferably a pH of about pH 3 to a pH of about pH 7, depending on the formulation and route of administration.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations of the invention comprise a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of at least one compound of the present invention, together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
  • a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a compound of the present invention includes a viral inhibitory amount of the compound.
  • One or more compounds of the invention may be administered by any route appropriate to the condition to be treated. Suitable routes include parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intradermal, intrathecal and epidural), oral, nasal, topical (including buccal and sublingual), rectal, vaginal, and the like. It will be appreciated that the preferred route of administration may vary, depending for example upon the condition of the recipient and the duration of the treatment. In a preferred embodiment, treatment is administered orally or parenterally to a subject who has antibodies to hepatitis C virus.
  • Formulations of the present invention are most typically solids, liquid solutions, emulsions or suspensions, while inhaleable formulations for pulmonary administration are generally liquids or powders, with powder formulations being generally preferred.
  • a pharmaceutical composition of the invention may also be formulated as a lyophilized solid that is reconstituted with a physiologically-compatible solvent prior to administration.
  • Alternative pharmaceutical formulations of the invention may be prepared as syrups, elixirs, creams, ointments, tablets, and the like.
  • Suitable excipients may be carrier molecules that include large, slowly metabolized macromolecules such as proteins, polysaccharides, polylactic acids, polyglycolic acids, polymeric amino acids, amino acid copolymers, and inactive virus particles.
  • Other exemplary excipients include antioxidants such as ascorbic acid; chelating agents such as EDTA; carbohydrates such as dextrin, hydroxyalkylcellulose, hydroxyalkylmethylcellulose, stearic acid; liquids such as oils, water, saline, glycerol and ethanol; wetting or emulsifying agents; pH buffering substances; and the like. Liposomes are also included within the definition of pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
  • Formulations for oral use include, for example, tablets, troches, lozenges, electuaries, aqueous or oil suspensions, non-aqueous solutions, dispersible powders or granules (including micronized particles or nanoparticles), emulsions, hard or soft capsules, syrups or elixirs may be prepared.
  • Formulations intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical formulations, and such formulations may contain one or more agents including sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents, in order to provide a palatable preparation.
  • compositions particularly suitable for use in conjunction with tablets include, for example, inert diluents, such as celluloses, calcium or sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium or sodium phosphate; disintegrating agents, such as croscarmellose sodium, cross-linked povidone, maize starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, such as povidone, starch, gelatin or acacia; and lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. Tablets may optionally be scored.
  • inert diluents such as celluloses, calcium or sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium or sodium phosphate
  • disintegrating agents such as croscarmellose sodium, cross-linked povidone, maize starch, or alginic acid
  • binding agents such as povidone, starch, gelatin or acacia
  • lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. Tablets may optionally be scored
  • tablets may be uncoated or may be coated by known techniques including microencapsulation to delay disintegration and adsorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period.
  • a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate alone or with a wax may be employed.
  • Formulations for oral use may be also presented as hard gelatin capsules where the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example celluloses, lactose, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with non-aqueous or oil medium, such as glycerin, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
  • an inert solid diluent for example celluloses, lactose, calcium phosphate or kaolin
  • non-aqueous or oil medium such as glycerin, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
  • pharmaceutical formulations of the invention may be formulated as suspensions comprising a compound of the present invention in an admixture with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient suitable for the manufacture of a suspension.
  • pharmaceutical formulations of the invention may be formulated as dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of a suspension by the addition of suitable excipients.
  • suspending agents such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcelluose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth, gum acacia, dispersing or wetting agents such as a naturally occurring phosphatide ⁇ e.g., lecithin), a condensation product of an alkylene oxide with a fatty acid (e.g., polyoxyethylene stearate), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a long chain aliphatic alcohol (e.g., heptadecaethyleneoxycethanol), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and a hexitol anhydride (e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate); and thickening agents, such as carbomer, beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol.
  • dispersing or wetting agents such as a naturally occurring phosphatide ⁇ e.g.,
  • the suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives such as acetic acid, methyl and/or n-propyl p-hydroxy-benzoate; one or more coloring agents; one or more flavoring agents; and one or more sweetening agents such as sucrose or saccharin.
  • preservatives such as acetic acid, methyl and/or n-propyl p-hydroxy-benzoate
  • coloring agents such as acetic acid, methyl and/or n-propyl p-hydroxy-benzoate
  • flavoring agents such as sucrose or saccharin.
  • sweetening agents such as sucrose or saccharin.
  • Oil suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, such as arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin.
  • the oral suspensions may contain a thickening agent, such as beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents and flavoring agents optionally may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation.
  • One or more antioxidant, such as ascorbic acid, for example, may be added as a preservative.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations of the invention may also be in the form of oil-in-water emulsions.
  • the oily phase of an emulsion may comprise only one or more emulsif ⁇ ers (otherwise known as emulgents).
  • the oily phase comprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil.
  • a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat.
  • Emulgents and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulation of the invention include Tween® 60, Span® 80, cetostearyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl mono-stearate and sodium lauryl sulfate.
  • the oily phase comprises a vegetable oil, such as olive oil or arachis oil, a mineral oil, such as liquid paraffin, or a mixture of these.
  • Suitable emulsifying agents include naturally-occurring gums, such as gum acacia and gum tragacanth; naturally occurring phosphatides, such as soybean lecithin, esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids; hexitol anhydrides, such as sorbitan monooleate; and condensation products of these partial esters with ethylene oxide, such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
  • the emulsion may also contain sweetening and flavoring agents. Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, such as glycerol, sorbitol or sucrose. In an aspect, such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative, a flavoring, a coloring agent, or any combination of these ingredients.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations of the invention may be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation.
  • An injectable may be administered for example by injection, infusion, or as a bolus.
  • Injectable preparations include by way of non-limiting example sterile injectable aqueous emulsions and oleaginous suspensions.
  • An emulsion or suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents such as for example those mentioned above.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, such as a solution in 1,2-propane-diol.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be prepared as a lyophilized powder.
  • acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile fixed oils may be employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or di-glycerides.
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid may likewise be used in the preparation of injectables.
  • compounds which have been modified by substitutions or additions of chemical or biochemical moieties which make them more suitable for delivery e.g., increase solubility, bioactivity, palatability, decrease adverse reactions, etc.
  • substitutions or additions of chemical or biochemical moieties e.g., increase solubility, bioactivity, palatability, decrease adverse reactions, etc.
  • esterif ⁇ cation e.g., glycosylation, PEGylation, etc.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be formulated for oral administration in a lipid-based formulation suitable for low solubility compounds.
  • Lipid-based formulations can generally enhance the oral bioavailability of such compounds.
  • a pharmaceutical formulation of the invention comprises a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a compound of the present invention, together with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient selected from the group consisting of: medium chain fatty acids or propylene glycol esters thereof (e.g., propylene glycol esters of edible fatty acids such as caprylic and capric fatty acids) and pharmaceutically acceptable surfactants such as polyoxyl 40 hydrogenated castor oil.
  • cyclodextrins may be added as aqueous solubility enhancers.
  • Cyclodextrins include hydroxypropyl, hydroxyethyl, glucosyl, maltosyl and maltotriosyl derivatives of ⁇ -, ⁇ -, and ⁇ -cyclodextrin.
  • a particularly preferred cyclodextrin solubility enhancer is hydroxypropyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin (HPBC), which may be added to any of the above-described formulations to further improve the aqueous solubility characteristics of the compounds of the present invention.
  • the composition comprises 0.1% to 20% hydroxypropyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, more preferably 1% to 15% hydroxypropyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, and even more preferably from 2.5% to 10% hydroxypropyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin.
  • solubility enhancer employed will depend on the amount of the compound of the present invention in the composition.
  • the formulations of the present invention may be provided in unit dosage form or in multi-dose containers, including for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze- dried or lyophilized condition, requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example saline for injection, immediately prior to use.
  • unit dosage formulations contain a daily dose or subdose, or a fraction thereof, of the active ingredient.
  • a formulation intended for administration to humans may contain approximately 0.0001 to 100 mg/kg body weight per day, preferably from about 0.01 to about 10 mg/kg body weight per day, more preferably from about 0.01 to about 5 mg/kg body weight per day, or even more preferably from about 0.5 to about 0.5 mg/kg body weight per day.
  • the daily candidate dose for an adult human of approximately 70 kg body weight ranges from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg, preferably between about 5 mg and about 500 mg, and may be administered in a single dose or multiple doses.
  • Compounds of the invention may be formulated with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material, which may vary, for example from about 5% to about 95% of the total compositions (weight:weight).
  • the pharmaceutical composition can be prepared to provide easily measurable amounts for administration.
  • an aqueous solution intended for intravenous infusion may contain from about 3 to 500 ⁇ g of the active ingredient per milliliter of solution in order that infusion of a suitable volume at a rate of about 30 mL/hr can occur.
  • Compounds of the invention may also be formulated to provide controlled release of the compound, allowing for example, less frequent dosing or improved pharmacokinetic or toxicity profiles.
  • the present invention provides pharmaceutical formulations designed for sustained or controlled release.
  • the present invention also provides veterinary formulations comprising at least one compound of the present invention together with a veterinary carrier.
  • a veterinary carrier is one that is suitable for administration to an animal other than a human.
  • a veterinary carrier may be a solid, liquid, or gaseous material, which is acceptable in the veterinary art and is not incompatible with the one or more compounds of the invention to be administered.
  • Veterinary formulations may be administered orally, parenterally, or by any other route.
  • a pharmaceutical formulation may comprise one or more compounds of the invention that are useful in the treatment of HCV infection together with one or more other ingredients that are useful in the treatment of HCV infection.
  • Compounds may be formulated in a unitary dosage form, or in separate dosage forms intended for simultaneous or sequential administration to a patient in need of treatment. When administered sequentially, the combination may be administered in two or more, three or more, four or more, five or more, or six or more administrations. In an alternative embodiment, it is possible to administer one or more compounds of the present invention and one or more additional active ingredients by different routes.
  • active ingredients may be administered in combination with the compounds of the present invention that may act to augment or synergistically enhance the viral inhibiting activity of the compounds of the invention.
  • active ingredients include, but are not limited to, IFN- ⁇ , ribavirin, protease inhibitors, polymerase inhibitors, and helicase inhibitors.
  • the compounds of the invention may also be administered in combination with other compounds that affect IRES activity known to one of skill in the art.
  • the combination of active ingredients may be: (1) co-formulated and administered or delivered simultaneously in a combined formulation; (2) delivered by alternation or in parallel as separate formulations; or (3) by any other combination therapy regimen known in the art.
  • the methods of the invention may comprise administering or delivering the active ingredients sequentially, e.g., in separate solution, emulsion, suspension, tablets, pills or capsules, or by different injections in separate syringes.
  • an effective dosage of each active ingredient is administered sequentially, i.e., serially
  • simultaneous therapy effective dosages of two or more active ingredients are administered together.
  • Various sequences of intermittent combination therapy may also be used.
  • Bromine (17.2g, 0.1 lmol) is added dropwise to a cooled solution (O 0 C) of 3- acetylpyridine (12.1g, O.lmol) in acetic acid containing 33% HBr with vigorous stirring.
  • the stirring mixture is allowed to warm to 40 0 C and maintained at this temperature for 2 hrs and then heated to 75 0 C. After 2 hrs, the mixture is cooled and diluted with ether (400ml) to precipitate the product, which is collected by filtration and washed with ether and acetone to give 4 HBr salt as white crystals, which can be used for next step reaction without further purification.
  • Step 2 Preparation of N-(4-(pentyloxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-4-(pyridin-3-yl)thiazol-2-amine.
  • Step 2. Preparation ofN-(4-(pentyloxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-4-(pyridin-3-yl)thiazol-2-amine.
  • a Catalytic amount of DMPA (dimethylol propionic acid), triethylamine (2.Og, 19.7mmol) in 20 mL CH2C12, and methanesulfonyl chloride (1.95g, 17.0mmol) are added dropwise to a solution of 6-hydroxymethyl-nicotinic methyl ester 6 (2.2g, 13.1mmol), at -78°C under argon.
  • the mixture is stirred for 5 hours at -78°C and then quenched with 30 mL saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate.
  • the organic layer is collected and the water phase extracted with CH2C12 (2x30mL). The organic phases are combined and washed with water.
  • the CH2C12 solution is dried over MgSO4 and concentrated to give compound 7, which is used without further purification.
  • Step 2 Preparation of 6-dimethylaminomethy-nicotinic methyl ester
  • Compound 7 is treated with dimethylamine (2M) in methanol at 0 0 C for 30 minutes and then raised to room temperature and stirred for 5 hours. The solvent is removed and the residue passed through silical gel (flashed with ethyl acetate-methanol 95:5) to afford 6-dimethylaminomethy-nicotinic methyl ester 8.
  • IHNMR (CDC13, ppm) ⁇ 9.13 (IH), 8.24 (IH), 7.48 (IH), 3.93 (3H), 3.66 (2H), 2.28 (6H).
  • 6-dimethylaminomethy-nicotinic methyl ester 8 (1.75g, 9.0mmol) is dissolved in 15 mL methanol; 5 mL 2 N sodium hydroxide is added. The mixture is heated at 90 0 C for 1.5 hours and then quickly cooled to room temperature. The solvent is removed under vacuum and the remaining residue is dried by co-evaporated toluene. The solid is used without further purification. A small portion of sample is prepared for analytical use by acidification with IN HCl, removal of water and drying.
  • '6-dimethylaminomethyl-nicotinic Na salt 9 (202 mg, 1 mmol) is suspended in 8 mL CH2C12 and 2 drops of DMF is added. The mixture is treated with oxallyl chloride (1.2 mmol) at O 0 C and then warmed to room temperature and allowed to remain at this temperature 1.5 hours. The solvent is removed and the residue suspended in 10 mL THF. Et3N (2.2mmol) is added, followed by TMSCHN2 (2.5 mmol, 2M solution in ether) which is added at O 0 C. The mixture is warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight.
  • Each combination of 1 element from each of Array Al, Array Bl, Array t, Array r, and Array Ar specifically discloses a discrete compound of the invention.
  • Each combination of 1 element from each of Array A2, Array B2, Array t, Array r, and Array Ar also specifically discloses a discrete compound of the invention.
  • HCV replicon containing cells are treated with different concentrations of the test compound to ascertain the ability of the test compound to suppress replication of the HCV replicon.
  • HCV replicon-containing cells are treated with different concentrations of interferon alpha, a known inhibitor of HCV replication.
  • the replicon assay system includes Neomycin Phosphotransferase (NPT) as a component of the replicon itself in order to detect the transcription of replicon gene products in the host cell.
  • NPT Neomycin Phosphotransferase
  • Cells in which the HCV replicon is actively replicating have high levels of NPT; the level of NPT is proportional to HCV replication.
  • Cells in which the HCV replicon is not replicating also have low levels of NPT and thus do not survive when treated with Neomycin.
  • the NPT level of each sample is measured using a captured ELISA.
  • the HCV genome consists of a single ORF that encodes a 3000 amino acid polyprotein.
  • the ORF is flanked on the 5' side by an untranslated region that serves as an internal ribosome entry site (IRES) and at the 3' side by a highly conserved sequence necessary for viral replication (3'-NTR).
  • IRS internal ribosome entry site
  • 3'-NTR highly conserved sequence necessary for viral replication
  • the structural proteins, necessary for viral infection, are located near the 5' end of the ORF.
  • the nonstructural proteins, designated NS2 to NS5B comprise the remainder of the ORF.
  • the HCV replicon contains, 5'-3', the HCV-IRES, the neomycin phosphotransferase (neo) gene, the IRES of encephalomyocarditis virus, which directs translation of HCV sequences NS3 to NS5B, and the 3'-NTR.
  • GenBank accesion no. AJ242652.
  • the replicon is transfected into Huh-7 cells using standard methods such as electroporation. 4B. Cell Maintenance
  • the equipment and materials include, but are not limited to, Huh-7 HCV replicon- containing cells, maintenance media (DMEM (Dulbecco's modified Eagle media) supplemented with 10% FBS, L-glutamine, non-essential amino acids, penicillin (100 units/ml), streptomycin (100 micrograms/ml), and 500 micrograms/ml of Geneticin (G418), screening media (DMEM supplemented with 10% FBS, L-glutamine, non-essential amino acids, penicillin (100 units/ml) and streptomycin (100 micrograms/ml)), 96 well tissue culture plates (flat bottom), 96 well plates (U bottom for drug dilution), Interferon alpha for positive control, fixation reagent (such as methanol: acetone), primary antibody (rabbit anti-NPTII), secondary antibody: Eu-Nl 1, and enhancement solution.
  • HCV replicon-containing cells support high levels of viral RNA replicon replication when their density is suitable. Over-confluency causes decreased viral RNA replication. Therefore, cells must be kept growing in log phase in the presence of 500 micrograms/ml of G418. Generally, cells should be passed twice a week at 1 : 4-6 dilution. Cell maintenance is conducted as follows:
  • HCV replicon-containing cells are examined under a microscope to ensure that cells growing well.
  • Cells are rinsed once with PBS and 2 ml trypsin is added.
  • the cell/ trypsin mixture is incubated at 37 0 C in a CO 2 incubator for 3-5 minutes. After incubation 10 ml of complete media is added to stop the trypsinization reaction.
  • Cells are blown gently, put into a 15 ml tube, and spun at 1200 rpm for 4 minutes. The trypsin/ medium solution is removed.
  • Medium (5 ml) is added and the cells are mixed carefully. The cells are counted.
  • the cells are then seeded onto 96-well plates at a density of 6000-7500 cells/100 microliters/ well (6-7.5 x 10 5 cells/10 ml/plate). The plates are then incubated at 37 oC in a 5% CO2 incubator.
  • HCV replicon-containing cells are rinsed with once PBS once; 2 mis of trypsin are then added. Cells are incubated at 37°C in a 5% CO 2 incubator for 3-5 minutes. 10 mis of complete medium is added to stop the reaction. Cells are blown gently, put into a 15 ml tube, and spun at 1200 rpm for four minutes.
  • the trypsin/medium solution is removed and 5 mis of medium (500 ml DMEM (high glucose)) from BRL catalog #12430-054; 50 mis 10% FBS, 5% Geneticin G418 (50 mg/ml, BRL catalog #10131- 035), 5 ml MEM non-essential amino acids (10Ox BRL #11140-050) and 5 ml pen-strep (BRL #15140- 148) is added.
  • medium 500 ml DMEM (high glucose)
  • FBS FBS
  • Geneticin G418 50 mg/ml, BRL catalog #10131- 035
  • Cells are plated with screening medium (500 ml DMEM (BRL #21063-029), 50 ml FBS (BRL #10082-147) and 5 ml MEM non-essential amino acid (BRL #11140-050) at 6000-7500 cells/100 ⁇ l/well of 96 well plate (6-7.5x105 cells/10 ml/plate). Plates are placed into 37°C 5% CO 2 incubator overnight. 4D. Assay
  • test compounds or interferon alpha are diluted in 96 well U bottom plates with media or DMSO/media, depending on the final concentration chosen for screening. Generally for 6 concentrations of each test compounds ranging from 10 micromolar to 0.03 micromolar are applied. 100 ⁇ l of the test compound dilution is placed in wells of the 96 well plate containing the HCV replicon cells. Media without drug is added to some wells as a negative controls. DMSO is known to affect cell growth. Therefore, if drugs diluted in DMSO are used, all wells, including negative control (media only) and positive control (interferon alpha) wells, must contain the same concentration of DMSO, for single dose screening. The plates are incubated at 37°C in a humidified 5% CO 2 environment for three days.
  • the NTPII assay is quantitated.
  • the medium is poured from the plates and the plates are washed once in 200 ⁇ l of PBS.
  • the PBS is then decanted and the plates tapped in a paper towel to remove any remaining PBS.
  • Cells are fixed in situ with 100 ⁇ l/well of pre-cooled (-20°C) methanol: acetone (1:1) and the plates are placed at -20°C for 30 minutes.
  • the fixing solution is poured from the plates and the plates allowed to air-dry completely (approximately one hour). The appearance of the dried cell layer is recorded and the density of the cells in the toxic wells is scored with the naked eye. Alternatively cell viability may be assessed using the MTS assay described below.
  • Example 3 Compounds described in the "TABLE OF COMPOUNDS" is Example 3 have been tested in an HCV replication assay, essentially as described in this example, and found to inhibit replication of the HCV replicon with an EC 50 value of less than 10 micromolar. EXAMPE 5. CYTOTOXICITY ASSAYS
  • Example 5A Cellular protein albumin assay for cytotoxicity
  • Cellular protein albumin measurements provide one marker of cytotoxicity.
  • the protein levels obtained from cellular albumin assays may also be used to provide a normalization reference for antiviral activity of compounds.
  • HCV replicon-containing cells are treated for three days with different concentrations of helioxanthin; a compound that is known to be cytotoxic at high concentrations.
  • the cells are lysed and the cell lysate used to bind plate-bound goat anti-albumin antibody at room temperature (25 0 C to 28 0 C) for 3 hours.
  • the plate is then washed 6 times with IX PBS. After washing away the unbound proteins, mouse monoclonal anti-human serum albumin is applied to bind the albumin on the plate.
  • the complex is then detected using phosphatase-labeled anti-mouse IgG as a second antibody.
  • Example 5B MTS Assay for Cytotoxicity
  • Cell viability may also be determined by CELLTITER 96 AQUEOUS ONE Solution Cell Proliferation Assay (Promega, Madison WI), a colorimetric assay for determining the number of viable cells.
  • CELLTITER 96 AQUEOUS ONE Solution Cell Proliferation Assay Promega, Madison WI
  • a colorimetric assay for determining the number of viable cells.
  • 10-20 ⁇ l MTS reagent is added to each well according to manufacturer's instructions, plates are incubated at 37°C and read at OD 490 nm. During the incubation period living cells covert the MTS reagent to a formazan product which absorbs at 490 nm.
  • the 490nm absorbance is directly proportional to the number of living cells in culture.
  • a direct comparison of the Cellular Album and MTS methods for determining cytotoxicity may be obtained as follows: Cells are treated with different concentrations of test compound or Helioxanthin for a three day-period. Prior to lysis for detection album as described above, the MTS reagent is added according to manufacturer's instruction to each well and incubate at 37 0 C and read at OD 490 nm. The cellular album quantitation is then performed as described above.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Thiazole And Isothizaole Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides compounds, salts and hydrates of Formula I, wherein the variables Ar1R2, R3, R4, r, q, and t are defined herein. Certain compounds of Formula I described herein possess potent antiviral activity. The invention also provides compounds of Formula I that are potent and/ or selective inhibitors of Hepatitis C virus replication. Certain compounds described herein inhibit assembly of the HCV replication complex. The invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions containing one or more compounds of Formula I, or a salt, solvate, or acylated prodrug of such compounds, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, or diluents. The invention further comprises methods of treating patients suffering from certain infectious diseases by administering to such patients an amount of a compound of Formula I effective to reduce signs or symptoms of the disease. These infectious diseases include viral infections, particularly HCV infections. The invention is particularly includes methods of treating human patients suffering from an infectious disease, but also encompasses methods of treating other animals, including livestock and domesticated companion animals, suffering from an infectious disease. Methods of treatment include administering a compound of Formula I as a single active agent or administering a compound of Formula I in combination with on or more other therapeutic agent.

Description

API-0021
THIAZOLE COMPOUNDS AND METHODS OF USE
PRIORTY INFORMATION
This application claims priority from U.S. Provisional Application serial number 60/679,133, filed May 9, 2005, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0001] The present invention relates to thiazole compounds and the preparation of such compounds. The present invention further relates to methods for use of such compounds, including for the treatment of hepatitis C virus.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0002] Hepatitis C Virus (HCV) is one of the most prevalent causes of chronic liver disease in the United States, reportedly accounting for about 15 percent of acute viral hepatitis, 60 to 70 percent of chronic hepatitis, and up to 50 percent of cirrhosis, end-stage liver disease, and liver cancer. It has been estimated that almost 4 million Americans, or about 1.8 percent of the U.S. population, have antibodies to HCV (i.e., anti-HCV antibodies), indicating previous or ongoing infection with the virus. Hepatitis C causes an estimated 8,000 to 10,000 deaths annually in the United States. While the acute phase of HCV infection is usually associated with mild symptoms, some evidence suggests that only about 15% to 20% of infected people will clear HCV.
[0003] It has been reported that HCV is an enveloped, single-stranded RNA virus that contains a positive-stranded genome of about 9.6 kb. HCV is classified as a member of the Hepacivirus genus of the family Flaviviridae.
[0004] The HCV lifecycle includes entry into host cells; translation of the HCV genome, polyprotein processing, and replicase complex assembly; RNA replication, and virion assembly and release. Translation of the HCV RNA genome yields a more than 3000 amino acid long polyprotein that is processed by at least two cellular and two viral proteases. The HCV polyprotein is:
[0005] NH2-C-El-E2-p7-NS2-NS3-NS4A-NS4B-NS5A-NS5B-COOH.
[0006] The cellular signal peptidase and signal peptide peptidase have been reported to be responsible for cleavage of the N-terminal third of the polyprotein (C-El-E2-p7) from the nonstructural proteins (NS2-NS3-NS4A-NS4B-NS5A-NS5B). The NS2-NS3 protease mediates a first cis cleavage at the NS2-NS3 site. The NS3-NS4A protease then mediates a second cis-cleavage at the NS3-NS4A junction. The NS3-NS4A complex then cleaves at 3 downstream sites to separate the remaining nonstructural proteins. Accurate processing of the polyprotein is asserted to be essential for forming an active HCV replicase complex.
[0007] Once the polyprotein has been cleaved, the replicase complex comprising at least the NS3-NS5B nonstructural proteins assembles. The replicase complex is cytoplasmic and membrane- associated. Major enzymatic activities in the replicase complex include serine protease activity and NTPase helicase activity in NS3, and RNA-dependent RNA polymerase activity of NS5B. In the RNA replication process, a complementary negative strand copy of the genomic RNA is produced. The negative strand copy is used as a template to synthesize additional positive strand genomic RNAs that may participate in translation, replication, packaging, or any combination thereof to produce progeny virus. Assembly of a functional replicase complex has been described as a component of the HCV replication mechanism. Provisional application docket no. A&P 18477.047, "Pharmaceutical compositions for and Methods of Inhibiting HCV Replication," inventor Mingjun Huang, filed April 11, 2005 is hereby incorporated by reference for in its entirety for its disclosure related to assembly of the replicase complex.
[0008] While previously known HCV inhibitors are suitable for their intended purposes, there nonetheless remains a need for additional HCV inhibitors. In addition, there remains a need for additional methods of treatment for HCV patients. Thus, there remains a need to develop, characterize and optimize molecules for the development of anti-hepatitis C drugs. Accordingly, it is an object of the present invention to provide such compounds, compositions and methods of treatment.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0009] In accordance with the present invention, compounds that inhibit hepatitis C virus replication have been identified, and methods for use of such compounds are provided.
[0010] In one aspect, the present invention includes and provides compounds of Formulas (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, which compounds are useful in the inhibition of hepatitis C virus replication and the treatment of hepatitis C viral infection. Within this aspect, the invention includes compounds of Formula I
Figure imgf000003_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, wherein the variables Ar1, R2, R3, R4, q, r, and t carry definitions set forth below.
Ar1 is fluorenyl, or Ar1 is phenyl, naphthyl, a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl group, or a 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl group, wherein Ari is substituted with R and R1.
R is 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, CrC2alkyl, CrC2alkoxy, CrC2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy.
R1 is one or two substituents independently chosen from (a) and (b), where (a) is halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -SO2NH2 CrC2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy, and (b) C1-C10 alkyl, C2-CJ0 alkenyl, C2-C10 alkynyl, C2-C10alkanoyl, C2-C10alkylester, CrC10 alkoxy, mono- or di-Q- C10alkylcarboxamide, or a group -YZ.
Y is bond, or Y is CrC10alkyl, a C2Ci0alkenyl, or C2-C10alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain.
Z is hydrogen, C3-C7cycloalkyl, C3-C7cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-Ci0alkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, Ci-C4alkyl, Q^alkoxy, C1- C2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy;
Any R and R1 which are covalently bound to adjacent carbon atoms may be joined to form an aromatic or partially saturated carbocyclic ring system having 1 or 2 rings, each ring having 5 or 6 ring carbon atoms.
R2 is halogen, -COOH, -CONH2, -C(O)OCH3, -C(O)CH3, -NHC(O)OH, or amino, or
R2 is -CH2R3, -NH-S(O)2R3, -CH2-NH-S(O)2R3, -S(O)2R3, -C(O)-NH-R3, -C(O)-NH-CH2R3, -NH- C(O)-R3, -NH-C(O)-Rb, -C(O)O-R3, -C(O)-O-Rb, -OR3, -C(O)-R3, or-C(0)-Rb, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e), or
R2 is CrC6alkyl, phenyl, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, phenyl fused to a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring, or a bicyclic 8- to 10-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e); where
(c) is halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OH, -S(O)NH2, C1- C2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy,
(d) is C1-C4alkyl, Q^alkoxy, C2-C4alkenyl, mono- and di-CrCβalkylamino, mono- and di-(Cr C4alkyl)carboxamide, mono- or di(CrC4alkyl)sulfonamide, C]C4alkylester, each of which is substituted with O or one ore more substituents independently chosen from oxo, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OH, -S(O)NH2, CrC4alkoxy, mono- and di-CrCβalkylamino, mono- and di-(Ci-C4alkyl)carboxamide, mono- or di(Ci-C4alkyl)sulfonamide, CiC4alkylester CrC2haloalkyl, and Cr C2haloalkoxy; and
(e) (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C4alkyl, (heterocycloalkyl)C0-C4alkyl, (phenyl)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is substituted with oxo, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OH, -S(O)NH2, CrC2haloalkyls and CrC2haloalkoxy.
R2 and R4 are taken together with the carbon atoms of the thiazole ring to which they are attached to form a C5-C7 carbocyclic ring, which is aromatic or partially unsaturated;
R3 is hydrogen, CrC4alkyl, or -C(O)-Rd.
R4 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, CrC2alkyl, CrC2alkoxy, CrC2haloalkyl, Ci-C2haloalkoxy or phenyl; or R4 is taken together with R2 to form a ring;
Ra is independently chosen at each occurrence from: heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, and 5- and 6- membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, Ci-C4 alkyl, and CpC4 alkoxy.
Rb is Ci-C6 alkyl, wherein the alkyl is optionally substituted with a halogen, hydroxyl, -C(O)OH, phenyl, or 4-(NH2S(O)2)-phenyl.
Rd is Ci-C6alkyl, phenyl, or 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl; r is O, 1, or 2; q is O or 1; t is O or 1 ; and q and t are not both 1.
[0011] In another aspect, the present invention includes and provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising compounds of the present invention.
[0012] In another aspect, the present invention includes and provides methods for the inhibition of hepatitis C virus replication using compounds of the present invention.
[0013] In a further aspect, the present invention includes and provides methods for the treatment or prevention of hepatitis C viral infection.
[0014] In an aspect, the present invention includes and provides a method for treating or preventing hepatitis C virus in a subject in need thereof, said method comprising: administering to the subject an amount of a compound of formula (I), including compounds of formula (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), and (I-g), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, prodrug or metabolite thereof, where hepatitis C virus is treated or prevented. The compound of formula I may be administered to the subject alone or may be administered to the subject in combination with one or more other active agents, such as one or more other anti-viral agents.
[0015] These and other aspects of the invention will be more clearly understood with reference to the following detailed description, examples and claims. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION TERMINOLOGY
[0016] Prior to setting forth the invention in detail, it may be helpful to provide definitions of certain terms to be used herein. Compounds of the present invention are described using standard nomenclature. Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of skill in the art to which this invention belongs.
[0017] Formula I includes all subformulae thereof. For example Formula I includes compounds of Formulas (I-a), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), and (I-i) and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, hydrates, polymorphs, and thereof.
[0018] The term Formula I encompasses all compounds that satisfy Formula I, including any enantiomers, racemates and stereoisomers, as well as all pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such compounds. The phrase "a compound of Formula I" includes all forms of such compounds, including salts and hydrates, unless clearly contraindicated by the context in which this phrase is used.
[0019] The terms "a" and "an" do not denote a limitation of quantity, but rather denote the presence of at least one of the referenced item. The term "or" means "and/or". The terms "comprising", "having", "including", and "containing" are to be construed as open-ended terms (i.e., meaning "including, but not limited to"). Recitation of ranges of values are merely intended to serve as a shorthand method of referring individually to each separate value falling within the range, unless otherwise indicated herein, and each separate value is incorporated into the specification as if it were individually recited herein. The endpoints of all ranges are included within the range and independently combinable. All methods described herein can be performed in a suitable order unless otherwise indicated herein or otherwise clearly contradicted by context. The use of any and all examples, or exemplary language (e.g., "such as"), is intended merely to better illustrate the invention and does not pose a limitation on the scope of the invention unless otherwise claimed. No language in the specification should be construed as indicating any non-claimed element as essential to the practice of the invention as used herein. Unless defined otherwise, technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of skill in the art to which this invention belongs.
[0020] In certain situations, the compounds of Formula I may contain one or more asymmetric elements such as stereogenic centers, including chiral centers, stereogenic axes and the like, e.g. asymmetric carbon atoms, so that the compounds can exist in different stereoisomeric forms. These compounds can be, for example, racemates or optically active forms. For compounds with two or more asymmetric elements, these compounds can additionally be mixtures of diastereomers. For compounds having asymmetric centers, it should be understood that all of the optical isomers and mixtures thereof are encompassed. In addition, compounds with carbon-carbon double bonds may occur in Z- and E-forms, with all isomeric forms of the compounds being included in the present invention.
[0021] The term "chiral" refers to molecules, which have the property of non-superimposability of the mirror image partner.
[0022] The term "stereoisomers" refers to compounds, which have identical chemical constitution, but differ with regard to the arrangement of the atoms or groups in space.
[0023] "Diastereomer" refers to a stereoisomer with two or more centers of chirality and whose molecules are not mirror images of one another. Diastereomers have different physical properties, e.g., melting points, boiling points, spectral properties, and reactivities. Mixtures of diastereomers may separate under high resolution analytical procedures such as electrophoresis, crystallization in the presence of a resolving agent, or chromatography, using, for example a chiral HPLC column.
[0024] "Enantiomers" refer to two stereoisomers of a compound, which are non-superimposable mirror images of one another.
[0025] Stereochemical definitions and conventions used herein generally follow S. P. Parker, Ed., McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemical Terms (1984) McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York; and Eliel, E. and Wilen, S., Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds (1994) John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York. Many organic compounds exist in optically active forms, i.e., they have the ability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light. In describing an optically active compound, the prefixes D and L or R and S are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s). The prefixes d and 1 or (+) and (-) are employed to designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with (-) or 1 meaning that the compound is levorotatory. A compound prefixed with (+) or d is dextrorotatory. For a given chemical structure, these stereoisomers are identical except that they are mirror images of one another. A specific stereoisomer may also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture. A 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture or a racemate, which may occur where there has been no stereoselection or stereospecificity in a chemical reaction or process. The terms "racemic mixture" and "racemate" refer to an equimolar mixture of two enantiomeric species, devoid of optical activity.
[0026] Where a compound exists in various tautomeric forms, the invention is not limited to any one of the specific tautomers, but rather includes all tautomeric forms.
[0027] The invention includes compounds of Formula I having all possible isotopes of atoms occurring in the compounds. Isotopes include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers. By way of general example, and without limitation, isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium and isotopes of carbon include 11C, 13C, and 14C. [0028] Certain compounds are described herein using a general formula that includes variables, e.g. R, R], R2, R3, R4, t, q, and r. Unless otherwise specified, each variable within such a Formula I is defined independently of other variables. Thus, if a group is said to be substituted, e.g. with 0-2 R*, then said group may be substituted with up to two R* groups and R* at each occurrence is selected independently from the definition of R*. Also, combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
[0029] The term "substituted", as used herein, means that any one or more hydrogens on the designated atom or group is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valence is not exceeded. When the substituent is oxo (i.e., =0), then 2 hydrogens on the atom are replaced. When aromatic moieties are substituted by an oxo group, the aromatic ring is replaced by the corresponding partially unsaturated ring. For example a pyridyl group substituted by oxo is a pyridone. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds or useful synthetic intermediates. A stable compound or stable structure is meant to imply a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation from a reaction mixture, and subsequent formulation into an effective therapeutic agent.
[0030] A dash ("-") that is not between two letters or symbols is used to indicate a point of attachment for a substituent. For example, -(CH2)C3-C8cycloalkyl is attached through carbon of the methylene (CH2) group.
[0031] "Alkanoyl" indicates an alkyl group as defined herein, attached through a keto (-(C=O)-) bridge. Alkanoyl groups have the indicated number of carbon atoms, with the carbon of the keto group being included in the numbered carbon atoms. For example a C2alkanoyl group is an acetyl group having the formula CH3(C=O)-.
[0032] As used herein, the term "alkyl" " includes both branched and straight chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, having the specified number of carbon atoms, generally from 1 to about 18 carbon atoms, though in some embodiments alkyl groups having from 1 to 10, 1 to 8, 1 to 6, 1 to 4, or 1 to 2 carbon atoms are preferred.
[0033] "Alkenyl" as used herein, includes straight and branched hydrocarbon chains comprising one or more unsaturated carbon-carbon bonds, which may occur in any stable point along the chain. Alkenyl groups described herein typically have from 2 to about 12 carbons atoms. Preferred alkenyl groups are lower alkenyl groups, those alkenyl groups having from 2 to about 8 carbon atoms, e.g. C2- C8, C2-C6, and C2-C4 alkenyl groups. Examples of alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, and butenyl groups.
[0034] "Alkynyl" as used herein, includes straight or branched hydrocarbon chain comprising one or more triple carbon-carbon bonds that may occur in any stable point along the chain, such as ethynyl and propynyl. Alkynyl groups described herein typically have from 2 to about 12 carbons atoms. Preferred alkynyl groups are lower alkynyl groups, those alkynyl groups having from 2 to about 8 carbon atoms, e.g. C2-Ci0, C2-C6, and C2-C4 alkynyl groups.
[0035] The term "alkylester" indicates an alkyl group as defined herein attached through an ester linkage. The ester linkage may be in either orientation, e.g. a group of the formula ~O(C=O)alkyl or a group of the formula -(C=O)Oalkyl.
[0036] "Alkoxy" indicates an alkyl group as defined above with the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an oxygen bridge (-O-). Examples of alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, 2-butoxy, t-butoxy, n-pentoxy, 2-pentoxy, 3-pentoxy, isopentoxy, neopentoxy, n-hexoxy, 2-hexoxy, 3-hexoxy, and 3-methylpentoxy. C4-C10alkoxy group
[0037] As used herein, the term "aryl" includes radicals of an aromatic group obtained by removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent aromatic ring system and containing only carbon in the aromatic ring or rings. Aromatic rings have 4n + 2 p electrons in a cyclic arrangement. Such aromatic groups may be further substituted with carbon or non-carbon atoms or groups. Typical aryl groups contain 1 or 2 separate, fused, or pendant rings and from 6 to about 12 ring atoms, without heteroatoms as ring members. Where indicated aryl groups may be substituted. Such substitution may include fusion to a 5 to 7-membered saturated cyclic group that optionally contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, to form, for example, a 3,4-methylenedioxy-phenyl group. Aryl groups include, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, including 1- naphthyl and 2-naphthyl, and bi-phenyl.
[0038] A "carbocyclic ring" may have 1 to 3 fused, pendant, or spiro rings, containing only carbon ring members. Typically, a carbocyclic ring comprises contains from 3 to 8 ring members (rings having from 4 or 5 to 7 rmg members are recited in certain embodiments) and carbocycles comprising fused, pendant, or spiro rings typically contain from 9 to 14 ring members. Unless otherwise specified, a carbocycle may be a cycloalkyl group (i.e., each ring is saturated), a partially saturated group, or an aryl group (i.e., at least one ring within the group is aromatic). A carbocyclic group may generally be linked via any ring or substituent atom, provided that a stable compound results. When indicated carbocylic groups, such as 4- to 7-membered or 5- to 7-membered groups, may be substituted. Representative aromatic carbocycles are phenyl, naphthyl and biphenyl. In certain embodiments preferred carbocycles are carbocycles having a single ring, such as phenyl and 3- to 7- membered cycloalkyl groups.
[0039] "Cycloalkyl" as used herein, includes a monocyclic saturated hydrocarbon ring group, having the specified number of carbon atoms. Monocyclic cycloalkyl groups typically have from 3 to about 8 carbon ring atoms or from 3 to about 7 carbon ring atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. [0040] In the term "(cycloalkyl)alkyl", cycloalkyl and alkyl are as defined above, and the point of attachment is on the alkyl group. This term encompasses, but is not limited to, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, and cyclohexylmethyl. (Cycloalkyl)C0-C2alkyl" indicates a cycloalkyl group that is directly attached via a single covalent bond (i.e. (cycloalkyl)C0alkyl) or attached through an alkyl group having from 1 to about 2 carbon atoms. Similarly in the term "(cycloalkyl)alkoxy", cycloalkyl and alkoxy are as defined above, and the point of attachment the oxygen of the alkoxy. "(Cycloalkyl)C0alkoxy is a cycloalky group that is attached through an oxygen linker.
[0041] As used herein the term "mono- and/ or di-alkylcarboxamide" includes groups of formula (alkyli)-NH-(C=O)- and (alkyl i)(alkyl2)-N-(C=O)- in which the alkyli and alkyl2 groups are independently chosen alkyl groups as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
[0042] As used herein "Haloalkyl" indicates both branched and straight-chain alkyl groups having the specified number of carbon atoms, substituted with 1 or more halogen atoms, generally up to the maximum allowable number of halogen atoms. Examples of haloalkyl include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, and penta-fluoroethyl.
[0043] "Haloalkoxy" indicates a haloalkyl group as defined above attached through an oxygen bridge.
[0044] "Halogen" as used herein includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine. In the context of the present invention, a substituent may be a halogen or may be substituted with a halogen.
[0045] "Heteroaryl" as used herein includes an aryl group, wherein one or more carbon atoms has been replaced with another atom. For example, in an embodiment, "heteroaryl" includes an aryl group as defined herein, wherein one or more carbon atoms has been replaced with oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur. Heteroaryl includes stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic aromatic rings which contains from 1 to 4, or preferably from 1 to 2, heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring atoms being carbon. Heteroaryl also includes stable bicyclic or tricyclic systems containing at least one 5- to 7-membered aromatic ring which contains from 1 to 3, or preferably from 1 to 2, heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring atoms being carbon. When the total number of S and O atoms in the heteroaryl group exceeds 1, these heteroatoms are not adjacent to one another. It is preferred that the total number of S and O atoms in the heteroaryl group is not more than 2. It is particularly preferred that the total number of S and O atoms in the aromatic heterocycle is not more than 1.
[0046] The term "heterocycloalkyl" includes a saturated monocyclic group containing from 1 to about 3 heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring atoms being carbon, or a saturated bicyclic ring system having at least one N, O, or S ring atom with remaining atoms being carbon. Monocyclic heterocycloalkyl groups have from 4 to about 8 ring atoms, and more typically have from 5 to 7 ring atoms. Examples of heterocycloalkyl groups include morpholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, and pyrrolidinyl groups.
[0047] "Heterocycle" as used herein includes by way of example and not limitation these heterocycles described in Paquette, Leo A.; Principles of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry (W. A. Benjamin, New York, 1968), particularly Chapters 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, and 9; The Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds, A Series of Monographs" (John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1950 to present), in particular Volumes 13, 14, 16, 19, and 28; and J. Am. Chem. Soc. (1960) 82:5566. In one specific embodiment of the invention "heterocycle" includes a "cyclic alkyl" as defined herein, wherein one or more (e.g. 1, 2, 3, or 4) carbon atoms have been replaced with a heteroatom (e.g. O, N, or S).
[0048] Examples of heterocycles include by way of example and not limitation pyridyl, dihydroypyridyl, tetrahydropyridyl (piperidyl), thiazolyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, sulfur oxidized tetrahydrothiophenyl, pyrimidinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, benzofuranyl, thianaphthalenyl, indolyl, indolenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidonyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl, azocinyl, triazinyl, 6H- 1,2,5- thiadiazinyl, 2H,6H-l,5,2-dithiazinyl, thienyl, thianthrenyl, pyranyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, lH-indazoly, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, β-carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, pyrimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, phenoxazinyl, isochromanyl, chromanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, piperazinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, quinuclidinyl, morpholinyl, oxazolidinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, oxindolyl, benzoxazolinyl, isatinoyl, and bis-tetrahydrofuranyl:
Figure imgf000011_0001
[0049] By way of example and not limitation, carbon bonded heterocycles are bonded at position 2, 3, or 4 of a pyridine, position 3 or 4of a pyridazine, position 2, 4, or 5 of a pyrimidine, position 2 or 3of a pyrazine, position 2 or 3 of a furan, tetrahydrofuran, thiofuran, pyrrole or tetrahydropyrrole, position 2, 4, or 5 of an oxazole, imidazole or thiazole, position 3, 4, or 5 of an isoxazole, pyrazole, or isothiazole, position 2 or 3 of an azetidine, position 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 of a quinoline or position 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 of an isoquinoline. Still more typically, carbon bonded heterocycles include 2-pyridyl, 3 -pyridyl, 4- pyridyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 4-pyridazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 2- thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, or 5-thiazolyl.
[0050] By way of example and not limitation, nitrogen bonded heterocycles are bonded at position 1 of an aziridine, azetidine, pyrrole, pyrrolidine, 2-pyrroline, 3-pyrroline, imidazole, imidazolidine, 2-imidazoline, 3-imidazoline, pyrazole, pyrazoline, 2-pyrazoline, 3-pyrazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indole, indoline, lH-indazole, position 2 of a isoindole, or isoindoline, position 4 of a morpholine, and position 9 of a carbazole, or β-carboline. Still more typically, nitrogen bonded heterocycles include 1-pyrrolyl, 1-imidazolyl, 1-pyrazolyl, and 1-piperidinyl.
[0051] As used herein, the term "mono- and/ or di-alkylamino" inincludes secondary or tertiary alkyl amino groups, wherein the alkyl groups are as defined above and have the indicated number of carbon atoms. The point of attachment of the alkylamino group is on the nitrogen. The alkyl groups are independently chosen. Examples of mono- and di-alkylamino groups include ethylamino, dimethylamino, and methyl-propyl-amino. "Mono- and/or dialkylaminoalkyl" groups are mono- and/ or di-alkylamino groups attached through an alkyl linker having the specified number of carbon atoms, for example a di-methylaminoethyl group. Tertiary amino substituents may by designated by nomenclature of the form N-R-N-R', indicating that the groups R and R' are both attached to a single nitrogen atom.
[0052] "Phenoxy" means a conjugate base of a phenyl alcohol. "(Phenyl)alkyl is a phenyl group covalently bound to an alkyl radical as described above. Similarly "(phenyl)alkoxy" refers to a phenyl group covalently bound to an alkoxy radical as described above. Νon-limiting exemplary phenoxy radicals include;
Figure imgf000012_0001
[0053] The term "treatment" or "treating," to the extent it relates to a disease or condition includes preventing the disease or condition from occurring, inhibiting the disease or condition, eliminating the disease or condition, and/or relieving one or more symptoms of the disease or condition.
[0054] "Pharmaceutically acceptable salts" includes derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by making non-toxic acid or base salts thereof, and further refers to pharmaceutically acceptable solvates of such compounds and such salts. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts and the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. For example, conventional non-toxic acid salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, pamoic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicylic, mesylic, esylic, besylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isethionic, HOOC-(CH2)n-COOH where n is 0-4, and the like. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from a parent compound, a basic or acidic moiety, by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting free acid forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base (such as Na, Ca, Mg, or K hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate, or the like), or by reacting free base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate acid. Such reactions are typically carried out in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two. Generally, non-aqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred, where practicable. Lists of additional suitable salts may be found, e.g., in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa.
[0055] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable excipient" refers to an excipient for administration of a pharmaceutical agent, such as the compounds of the present invention. The term refers to any pharmaceutical excipient that may be administered without undue toxicity. Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients are determined in part by the particular composition being administered, as well as by the particular method used to administer the composition. Accordingly, there exist a wide variety of suitable pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention. The formulations may be prepared by any of the methods known in the art of pharmacy. For example, exemplary techniques and formulations are found in Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA). In a preferred aspect, formulations of the present invention are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient, e.g., a compound of the present invention, with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, optionally shaping the product.
[0056] The term "prodrugs" includes any compounds that become compounds of Formula I when administered to a mammalian subject, e.g., upon metabolic processing of the prodrug. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate and like derivatives of functional groups (such as alcohol or amine groups) in the compounds of Formula I.
[0057] The term "therapeutically effective amount" of a compound of this invention means an amount effective, when administered to a human or non-human patient, to provide a therapeutic benefit such as an amelioration of symptoms, e.g., an amount effective to decrease the symptoms of a viral infection, and preferably an amount sufficient to reduce the symptoms of an HCV infection. In certain circumstances a patient suffering from a viral infection may not present symptoms of being infected. Thus a therapeutically effective amount of a compound is also an amount sufficient to prevent a significant increase or significantly reduce the detectable level of virus or viral antibodies in the patient's blood, serum, or tissues. A significant increase or reduction in the detectable level of virus or viral antibodies is any detectable change that is statistically significant in a standard parametric test of statistical significance such as Student's T-test, where p < 0.05.
[0058] A "replicon" as used herein includes any genetic element, for example, a plasmid, cosmid, bacmid, phage or virus, that is capable of replication largely under its own control. A replicon may be either RNA or DNA and may be single or double stranded.
[0059] "Nucleic acid" or a "nucleic acid molecule" as used herein refers to any DNA or RNA molecule, either single or double stranded and, if single stranded, the molecule of its complementary sequence in either linear or circular form. In discussing nucleic acid molecules, a sequence or structure of a particular nucleic acid molecule can be described herein according to the normal convention of providing the sequence in the 5' to 3' direction.
[0060] By "viral inhibitory amount" it is meant an amount sufficient to inhibit viral replication or infectivity. Optionally, the pharmaceutical formulations of the invention may comprise a combination of compounds of the present invention, or may include a second active ingredient useful in the treatment of viral infections, such as anti-viral agents that include, but are not limited to: pegylated alpha interferon; un-pegylated alpha interferon; ribavirin; protease inhibitors; polyermase inhibitors; p7 inhibitors; entry inhibitors, including fusion inhibitors such as Fuzeon™ (Trimeris); helicase inhibitors; anti-fibrotics; drugs that target IMPDH (inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitors), such as Merimepadib™ (Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc.); synthetic thymosin alpha 1 (ZAD AXIN™, SciClone Pharmaceuticals Inc.); therapeutic viral vaccines, such as those produced by Chiron and Immunogenics; and immunomodulators, such as histamine.
CHEMICAL DESCRIPTION
[0061] In accordance with the present invention, compounds that inhibit HCV replication have been identified and methods of using these compounds for preventing or treating HCV infection are provided. Without being limited to a particular theory, it is believed that the compounds of the present invention act as replicase complex defect inducers, inhibiting the formation of a functional replicase complex.
[0062] In an aspect of the present invention, compounds are provided that are useful for treating or preventing hepatitis C virus infection. In another aspect of the present invention, compounds are provided that are useful for inhibiting replication of hepatitis C virus. [0063] The invention includes methods of treatment using compounds of the Formula (I-a)
Figure imgf000015_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or prodrug thereof.
Within formula (I-a) the variables Arj, R2, R3, R4, t, q, and r, carry the values set forth below, wherein:
Aii is fluorenyl.
Or, Aτi is phenyl, naphthyl, a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl group, or a 9- or 10- membered bicyclic heteroaryl group, wherein Ari is substituted with R and Rj.
R is 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, CrC2alkyl, CrC2alkoxy, CrC2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy.
Ri is one or two substituents independently chosen from (a) and (b)
(a) halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -SO2NH2 CrC2haloalkyl, and Cr C2haloalkoxy, and
(b) C1-C10 alkyl, C2-Ci0 alkenyl, C2-CiO alkynyl, C2-C10alkanoyl, C2-Ci0alkylester, Ci-Ci0 alkoxy, mono- or di-Ci-Cioalkylcarboxamide, or a group -YZ, where Y is bond, or Y is Ci-CiOalkyl, a C2Ci0alkenyl, or C2-Ci0alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and
Z is hydrogen, C3-C7cycloalkyl, C3-C7cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-Cioalkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, Cp C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy.
Any R and Ri which are covalently bound to adjacent carbon atoms may be joined to form an aromatic or partially saturated carbocyclic ring system having 1 or 2 rings, each ring having 5 or 6 ring carbon atoms.
R2 is halogen, -COOH, -CONH2, -C(O)OCH3, -C(O)CH3, -NHC(O)OH, or amino.
Or, R2 is -CH2Ra, -NH-S(O)2R3, -CH2-NH-S(O)2R3, -S(O)2R3, -C(O)-NH-R3, -C(O)-NH-CH2R3, - NH-C(O)-R3, -NH-C(O)-Rb, -C(O)O-R3, -C(O)-O-Rb, -OR3, -C(O)-R3, or-C(O)-Rb, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e). Or, R2 is Ci-C6alkyl, phenyl, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, phenyl fused to a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring, or a bicyclic 8- to 10-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e);
(c) halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OH, -S(O)NH2, CrC2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy,
(d) CrC4alkyl, CrC4alkoxy, C2-C4alkenyl, mono- and di-CrC6alkylamino, mono- and di-(Cr C4alkyl)carboxamide, mono- or di(Ci-C4alkyl)sulfonamide, CiC4alkylester, each of which is substituted with O or one ore more substituents independently chosen from oxo, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OH, -S(O)NH2, CrC4alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino, mono- and di-(Ci-C4alkyl)carboxamide, mono- or di(Ci-C4alkyl)sulfonamide, QQalkylester Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Ci- C2haloalkoxy
(e) (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-C4alkyl, (heterocycloalkyl)C0-C4alkyl, (phenyl)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is substituted with oxo, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OH, -S(O)NH2, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy.
R2 and R4 may be taken together with the carbon atoms of the thiazole ring to which they are attached to form a C5-C7 carbocyclic ring, which is aromatic or partially unsaturated.
R3 is hydrogen, CrC4alkyl, or -C(O)-Rd.
R4 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, Ci-C2alkyl, CrC2alkoxy, Ci-C2haloalkyl, Ci-C2haloalkoxy or phenyl; or R4 is taken together with R2 to form a ring.
Ra is heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, Ci-C4 alkyl, and CpC4 alkoxy.
Rb is Ci-C6 alkyl, wherein the alkyl is optionally substituted with a halogen, hydroxyl, -C(O)OH, phenyl, or 4-(NH2S(O)2)-phenyl.
Ra is Ci-Cβalkyl, phenyl, or 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl.
And r is O, 1, or 2. q is O or 1; t is O or 1; and q and t are not both 1;
Wherein at least one of the following conditions are met:
(i) R4 is not hydrogen; or
(ii) at least one Ri is other than halogen, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkoxy, amino, - C(O)NH2, -S(O)2NH2, unsubstituted alkanoyl, unsubstituted alkylester, or -S(O)2NH(heteroaryl); or
(iii) R2 is other than aryl or heteroaryl; or (iv) R2 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with at least one group other than halogen, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkoxy, amino, -C(O)NH2, -S(O)2NH2, unsubstituted alkanoyl, unsubstituted alkylester, or -S(O)2NH(heteroaryl).
[0064] The invention includes compounds, salts and hydrates of Formula I-a, in which one or more of the following conditions are met. The invention includes compounds of Formula I in which the variables Ar1, Ri, R2, R3, R4, t, q, carry any combination of the definitions set forth below for these variables that results in a stable compound. The t, q, and r variables
(a) t is 0, e.g the invention provides compounds and salts of Formula (I-b).
Figure imgf000017_0001
(b) q is 0, e.g. the invention provides compounds, salts, and hydrates of formula (I-c).
Figure imgf000017_0002
(c) r is 0, i.e. the invention provides compounds and salts of Formula (I-d).
Figure imgf000017_0003
(d) r is 0 and t is 1, i.e. the invention provides compounds and salts of Formula (I-e)
Figure imgf000017_0004
(e) t and q are 0 and r is 1 or 2, e.g. the invention provides compounds and salts of Formula (I-f).
Figure imgf000018_0001
(f) t, q, and r are all 0, e.g. the invention provides compounds and salts of Formula (I-g).
Figure imgf000018_0002
The Ar1 variable
(a) Ari is phenyl substituted with R and R1.
(b) Ari is pyridyl substituted with R and R1.
(c) Ari is phenyl, pyridyl, benzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, or tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, each substituted with R and R1.
(d) Ar1 is fluorenyl.
(e) Ar1 is phenyl or pyridyl, each substituted with R and R1; and t, q, and r are all 0.
(f) t and q are both 0 and r is 0 or 1 ; and
Ar1 is phenyl, naphthyl, a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl group, or a 9- or 10- membered bicyclic heteroaryl group, wherein Ar1 is substituted with R and R1.
R is 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, Q^alkyl, C1-C2alkoxy, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and C1-C2haloalkoxy.
Ri is one or two substituents independently chosen from (a) and (b); (a) halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -SO2NH2 CrC2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy, and (b) C1-C10 alkyl, C2-C1O alkenyl, C2-C10 alkynyl, C2-C10alkanoyl, C2-C10alkylester, C1-C10 alkoxy, mono- or di-Cr Cioalkylcarboxamide, or a group -YZ.
Where Y is bond, or Y is CrC10alkyl, a C2C10alkenyl, or C2-C10alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and Z is hydrogen, C3- C7cycloalkyl, C3-C7cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0- C10alkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, CpC4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, Cr C2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy.
For certain compounds of this embodiment Ar1 is phenyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl group substituted with an R1 in the meta position. In certain other compounds of this embodiment Ari is phenyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl group substituted with an Ri in the para position.
(g) Ari is phenyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl group substituted with independently chosen Ri substituents in the meta and para positions.
(h) Ari is phenyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl group substituted with independently chosen Ri substituents in the meta and para positions and R is 0 substituents.
(i) Ari is phenyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl group substituted with an Ri substituent in either the meta and para positions; and at least one Ri is C4-C10 alkyl, C4-Ci0 alkenyl, C4-C10 alkynyl, C4- CI0alkanoyl, C4-Ci0alkylester, C4-Ci0 alkoxy, mono- or di-C4-Ci0alkylcarboxamide, or a group -YZ. Where Y is bond, or Y is C4-Ci0alkyl, a C4Ci0alkenyl, or C4-Ci0alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and Z is hydrogen, C3-C7cycloalkyl, C3-C7cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-Cioalkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, CrC4alkyl, CrC4alkoxy, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy.
In certain compounds of this embodiment a second Ri is halogen, trifluoromethyl, or trifluoromethoxy.
(j) Ari is phenyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl group substituted with Ri substituents in either the meta and para positions; and one Ri is C4-Ci0 alkyl, C4-Ci0 alkenyl, C4-Ci0 alkynyl, C4-Cioalkanoyl, C4-Ci0alkylester, C4-Ci0 alkoxy, mono- or di-C4-Ci0alkylcarboxamide, or a group -YZ. Where Y is bond, or Y is C4-CiOalkyl, a C4Ci0alkenyl, or C4-CiOalkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and Z is hydrogen, C3-C7cycloalkyl, C3-C7cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-Ci0alkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, CrC4alkyl, Ci-Qalkoxy, Q-Cahaloalkyl, and Q- C2haloalkoxy; and the other Ri is halogen, trifluormethyl, or trifluoromethoxy.
(k) Ari is phenyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl group substituted with Ri substituents in either the meta and para positions; and one Rj is a group -YZ. Where Y is bond, or Y is C4-Ci0alkyl, a C4- CiOalkenyl, or C4-CiOalkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and Z is hydrogen, C3-C7cycloalkyl, C3-C7cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-Ci0alkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, CrC4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy; and the other Ri is halogen, trifluormethyl, or trifluoromethoxy.
(1) Aii is phenyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl group substituted with Ri substituents in either the meta and para positions; and one Ri is a group -YZ. Where Y is C6-C10alkyl, a C6Ci0alkenyl, or C6- C[Oalkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and Z is C3-C7cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, CrC4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Cr C2haloalkoxy; and the other Ri is halogen, trifluormethyl, or trifluoromethoxy. The R and Ri variables
(a) R is 1 or 2 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, CrC2alkyl, CrC2alkoxy, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy.
(b) R is 1 or 2 substituents independently chosen from hydroxyl, cyano, CrC2alkyl, Q- C2alkoxy, trifluoromethyl, and trifluoromethoxy.
(c) R is one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, phenyl, and cyano.
(d) R is one or more substituents independently chosen from fluorine and chlorine.
(e) At least one Ri is CrCio alkyl, C2-C]0 alkenyl, C2-Ci0 alkynyl, C2-Ci0alkanoyl, C2- C10alkylester, CrCi0 alkoxy, mono- or di-CrCioalkylcarboxamide, or a group -YZ. Where Y is bond, or Y is CpCioalkyl, a C2Ci0alkenyl, or C2-C]0alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and Z is hydrogen, C3-C7cycloalkyl, C3-C7cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-Ci0alkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, CrQalkyl, CrC4alkoxy, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and C1- C2haloalkoxy.
(f) At least one Ri is:
Figure imgf000020_0001
Figure imgf000021_0001
(g) Ri is one or two substituents independently chosen from (a) and (b), (a) halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy, and (b) Ci-C8 alkyl, C2-C8 alkenyl, C2-C8 alkynyl, Ci-Ci0alkoxy, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-C2alkyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-C2alkoxy, mono- and di- Ci-C6alkylamino, (phenyl)Co-C2alkyl, (phenyl)C0-C2alkoxy, (indanyl)Co-C2alkyl, (indanyl)C0-C2alkoxy, and (heterocycloalkyl)Co-C2alkyl, wherein each (b) is substituted with O or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, methyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, and phenyl.
(h) At least one Ri is (a) halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, CrC2haloalkyl, Q- C2haloalkoxy, (b) Q-C8 alkyl, Ci-Ci0 alkoxy, or (phenyl)C0-C2alkoxy, each of which is substituted with 0 or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, cyano, methyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, and phenyl.
(i) At least one R] is t-butyl, trifluoromethyl, n-pentoxy, benzyloxy, or para-chlorophenoxy.
(j) At least one Ri is n-butoxy, trifluomethoxy, phenoxy, n-butyl, or phenyl.
(k) At least one Ri is CI-C]0 alkyl, Ci-Ci0 alkoxy, (phenyl)C0-C2alkyl, indanyl-oxy, or phenoxy, each of which is substituted with 0 or 1 or more independently chosen halogen substituents.
(1) At least one Ri is Ci-C10alkoxy, phenyl, indanyloxy, or phenoxy, each of which is substituted with 0 or 1 or more independently chosen halogen substituents.
(m) At least one Ri is methoxy, phenoxy, n-butoxy, n-pentyloxy, n-hexyloxy, n-heptanyloxy, n-octanyloxy, phenyl(CH)2O- benzyloxy, cycloalkylmethyloxy, indanyloxy, or trifluoromethoxy.
(n) At least one Ri is an independently chosen Q-Q0alkoxy substituent, substituted with 0 or one or more fluorine substituents.
(o) At least one Ri is an independently chosen Ci-Ci0alkoxy substituent, which is substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from phenyl, indanyl, and naphthyl.
(p) At least one Ri is a CrCi0alkoxy substituent, substituted with a phenyl substituent or C3- C7cycloalkyl substituent.
(q) At least one Ri is a Ci-C10 alkyl, substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, phenyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, and 5- to 6- membered heterocyloalkyl.
(r) At least one Ri is methyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, t-butyl, benzyl, trifluoromethyl, or piperidin- 1-ylmethyl.
(s) At least one R] is heterocycloalkyl or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, each of which is substituted with 0 or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, Q-Gjalkyl, Q- C4alkoxy, Q-C2haloalkyl, Q-C2haloalkoxy, phenyl, and naphthyl.
(t) At least one R] is morpholin-1-yl, 4-phenyl-piperidin-l-yl, l,2,3-thiazol-4-yl, or 2- methylpyrimidin-6-yl.
(u) At least one Ri is Q-C2haloalkyl, Q-C8alkyl, (phenyl)C1-C2alkyl> or (heterocycloalkyl)C rC2alkyl .
(v) At least one Rj is (5- and 6-membered heterocycloalkyl)C0-Q0alkoxy, each of which is substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from Q-C4 alkyl and phenyl. In certain compounds of this embodiment the 5- and 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, comprise nitrogen or oxygen or both.
(w) Ri is morpholinyl or piperidinyl.
(x) Ri is a 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, substituted with a phenyl, (y) At least one Ri is 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from CrC4alkyl and phenyl, (z) Ri is thiadiazolyl.
(aa) Ri is 4-methyl-l,2,3 thiadiazolyl. (bb) Ri is pyrimidinyl.
(CC) Ri is 4-methyl-pyrimidinyl.
(dd) Ri is a Ci-Cio alkoxy.
(ee) R is halogen or trifluoromethyl, t, q, and r are all 0 and R4 " is hydrogen, halogen, methyl, or phenyl. The R3 variable
(a) R3 is hydrogen. The R2 and R4 variables
(a) The invention includes compounds Formula (I-h) and (I-i) in which the positions of R2 and R4 are fixed. Compounds of Formula (I-h) and (I-i) in which q ant t are 0 and r is 0 or are preferred. The invention includes:
Figure imgf000023_0001
(b) The invention includes compounds of formula (I-h) or (I-i) in which t and q are 0 and r is
O or l.
(c) For compounds of formula (I-h) or (I-i) in which t and q are 0 and r is 0.
(d) R2 is phenyl, substituted with 0 or 1 or more independently chosen halogen substituents.
(e) R2 is phenyl substituted with one or more chlorine or fluorine substituents.
(f) R2 is phenyl substituted with fluoro at the para position.
(g) R2 is a 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl. (h) R2 is a 6-membered heteroaryl. (i) R2 is a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl comprising nitrogen.
(j) R2 is 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl group comprises sulfur.
(k) R2 is pyridyl.
(1) R2 is phenyl.
(m) R2 is phenyl, substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, cyano, 5- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and alkoxy, wherein the alkoxy is substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, Ra, -C(O)OH, and -C(O)-O-Rb.
(n) R2 is
Figure imgf000024_0001
(o) R2 is a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl group, which is substituted with O or (p) R2 is -C(O)-NH-R3 ,-C(O)-, -C(O)-O-H, or -C(O)-O- -Rb- (q) R2 is -COOH, CrCalkylester or
Figure imgf000025_0001
(r) R2 is C1-Cn alkyl substituted with 0 or 1 or more phenyl or amino substituents, wherein the amino is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from -C(O)-O-Rb and or — S(O)2Ra; or R2 and R4 are taken together with the carbon atoms of the thiazole ring to which they are attached to form an aryl ring.
(s) R2 is halogen, or amino substituted with O or 1 -C(O)-R2.
(t) R2 is bromine.
(u) R4 is hydrogen or halogen; and R2 is -CH2R35-C(O)-NH-R3, -C(O)-NH-CH2R3, -NH- C(O)-R3, -C(O)O-R3, -0Ra, -C(O)-Ra, or-C(O)-Rb, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e). Where Ra is heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or 5- and 6-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, Ci-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 alkoxy. In certain of these embodiments Ra is piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, or pyrrolidinyl.
(v) R4 is hydrogen or halogen; and R2 is phenyl, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, phenyl fused to a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring, or a bicyclic 8- to 10-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e). Where (c) is chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OH, - S(O)NH2, CrC2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy, (d) is chosen from C1-C4alkyl, CrC4alkoxy, C2- C4alkenyl, mono- and di-CrC6alkylamino, mono- and di-(CrC4alkyl)carboxamide, mono- or di(Cr C4alkyl)sulfonamide, CiQalkylester, each of which is substituted with O or one ore more substituents independently chosen from oxo, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OH, - S(O)NH2, CrC4alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino, mono- and di-(Ci-C4alkyl)carboxamide, mono- or di(CrC4alkyl)sulfonamide, C^alkylester CrC2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy, and (e) is chosen from (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-C4alkyl, (heterocycloalkyl)C0-C4alkyl, (phenyl)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is substituted with oxo, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OH, -S(O)NH2, CrC2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy.
(w) R2 is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted with O or 1 or 2 substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e).
(x) R2 is piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, or pyrrolidinyl, each of which is substituted with O or 1 or 2 substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e).
(y) R2 is a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, phenyl fused to a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring, or a bicyclic 8- to 10-membered heteroaryl chosen from imidazo[2,l-b]thiazol-5-yl, pyrazinyl, lH-imidazo[l,2-a]pyridin-3-yl, thiazolo[3,2-b][l,2,4]triazol-5-yl, isoxazol-3-yl, imidazo[l,2- a]pyridin-2-yl, thiazolyl, 2H-benzo[b][l,4]oxazin-3(4H)-one, benzo[d]thiazol-2-yl, thienyl, benzofuran-2- yl, benzo[d]oxazol-2(3H)-one, pyrimidinyl, imidazolyl, pyridizinyl, furanyl, benzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl, naphthyl, quinolinyl, isobenzofuran-l(3H)-one, isobenzofuran-l(3H)-one, 2H-benzo[b][l,4]thiazin- 3(4H)-one, l,2,3-thiadiazol-4-yl, each of which is substituted with O or 1 or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, oxo hydroxyl, amino, cyano, C1-C4 alkyl, and CpC4 alkoxy.
(z) R4 is fluorine.
The invention also provides compounds of Formula I-a
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and hydrates thereof, as well as pharmaceutical compositions containing one or more such compounds and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
For such compounds, salts and hydrates Ari, R, R1, R2, R3, R4, t, q, and r are defined as follows: wherein:
Ar1 is phenyl, naphthyl, a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl group, or a 9- or 10- membered bicyclic heteroaryl group, wherein Ar1 is substituted with R and Ri.
R is O or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, CrC2alkyl, CrC2alkoxy, CrC2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy.
R1 is one or two substituents independently chosen from (a) and (b): (a) halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -SO2NH2 CrC2haloalkyl, and C1- C2haloalkoxy, and
(b) Ci-Cio alkyl, C2-Ci0 alkenyl, C2-C10 alkynyl, C2-C10alkanoyl, C2-Ci0alkylester, Ci-C10 alkoxy, mono- or di-Ci-Cioalkylcarboxamide, or a group -YZ,.
Were Y is bond, or Y is Ci-CiOalkyl, a C2Ci0alkenyl, or C2-Ci0alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and
Z is hydrogen, C3-C7cycloalkyl, C3-C7cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-Ci0alkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, and at least one Ri is a group -YZ in which Y is C6-Ci0alkyl, a C6C10alkenyl, or C6-C10alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and C3-C7cycloalkyl, C3-C7cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0- Cioalkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen
Figure imgf000027_0001
S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, C1- C2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy; and the other Ri is halogen, trifluormethyl, or trifluoromethoxy.
R2 is halogen, -COOH, -CONH2, -C(O)OCH3, -C(O)CH3, -NHC(O)OH, or amino, or
R2 is -CH2Ra, -NH-S(O)2R3, -CH2-NH-S(O)2R3, -S(O)2R3, -C(O)-NH-R3, -C(O)-NH-CH2R3, -NH- C(O)-R3, -NH-C(0)-Rb, -C(O)O-R3, -C(O)-O-Rb, -OR3, -C(O)-R3, or-C(O)-Rb, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e), or
R2 is Ci-C6alkyl, phenyl, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, phenyl fused to a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring, or a bicyclic 8- to 10-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e);
(c) halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OH, -S(O)NH2, CrC2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy,
(d) Ci-C4alkyl, CrC4alkoxy, C2-C4alkenyl, mono- and di-CrC6alkylamino, mono- and di-(d- C4alkyl)carboxamide, mono- or di(Ci-C4alkyl)sulfonamide, CiC4alkylester, each of which is substituted with O or one ore more substituents independently chosen from oxo, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OH, -S(O)NH2, Ci-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-CrC6alkylamino, mono- and di-(Ci-C4alkyl)carboxamide, mono- or di(CrC4alkyl)sulfonamide, CiC4alkylester Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Cr C2haloalkoxy (e) (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C4alkyl, (heterocycloalkyl)C0-C4alkyl, (phenyl)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is substituted with oxo, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OH, -S(O)NH2, CrC2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy.
R2 and R4 are taken together with the carbon atoms of the thiazole ring to which they are attached to form a C5-C7 carbocyclic ring, which is aromatic or partially unsaturated.
R3 is hydrogen, CrC4alkyl, or -C(O)-Rd.
R4 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, Ci-C2alkyl, C]-C2alkoxy, Ci-C2haloalkyl, CrC2haloalkoxy or phenyl; or R4 is taken together with R2 to form a ring.
Ra is heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, C1-C4 alkyl, and Ci-C4 alkoxy.
Rb is CrC6 alkyl, wherein the alkyl is optionally substituted with a halogen, hydroxyl, -C(O)OH, phenyl, or 4-(NH2S(O)2)-phenyl; Rd is Ci-Cβalkyl, phenyl, or 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl; r is O, 1, or 2; q is O or 1; and t is O or 1; and q and t are not both 1.
METHODS OF TREATMENT
[0065] The methods of the invention generally comprise administering a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of the present invention to a subject in need of treatment. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the methods of the invention comprise administering a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of the present invention to a subject in need of treatment for HCV infection.
[0066] In an embodiment, the present invention provides a method for treating or preventing hepatitis C virus infection in a subject in need thereof, said method comprising: administering to the subject an amount of a compound of formula (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h) or (I-i) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a prodrug or metabolite thereof, wherein hepatitis C virus infection is treated or prevented. The present invention further includes a method for treating or preventing hepatitis C virus infection in a subject in need thereof, said method comprising: administering to said subject an amount of at least one, at least two, at least three, or at least four compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), or (I-i), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, or prodrugs or metabolites thereof, wherein hepatitis C virus is treated or prevented. In a further embodiment, the present invention provides a method for treating or preventing hepatitis C virus in a subject in need thereof, said method comprising: administering to said subject both an amount of an additional anti-HCV agent and an amount of one or more compounds of formula (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I- d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), or (I-i), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a prodrug or metabolite thereof, wherein hepatitis C virus is treated or prevented.
[0067] Anti-HCV agents are those agents, including for example, compounds of the present invention, that are believed to inhibit hepatitis C virus. Anti-HCV agents may believed to inhibit HCV as indicated by, for example, any clinical observations or laboratory experiments. Anti-HCV agents may act by any mechanism. Without being limited by any theory, a compound of the present invention that is an anti-HCV agent may inhibit HCV by causing miscleavage of the HCV polyprotein and leading to formation of miscleavage products. In another embodiment, a compound of the present invention that is an anti-HCV agent may lead to formation of defective replication complexes.
[0068] Generally, RNA synthesis proceeds as a two-step process: initiation and elongation. In initiation, an initiated template RNA is formed in which only a portion of the newly synthesized positive or negative strand RNA is made using a minus or plus strand template. Upon initiation, the partial transcripts may be unable to dissociate from the RNA polymerase. In elongation, the remainder of the positive or negative strand RNA transcript is synthesized. In an embodiment, a compound of the present invention blocks replication prior to initiation. In another embodiment, a compound of the present invention blocks replication after initiation. In an embodiment, a compound of the present invention blocks replication prior to elongation. In another embodiment, a compound of the present invention blocks replication after elongation. In an embodiment, a compound of the present invention blocks replication prior to both initiation and elongation. In another embodiment, a compound of the invention blocks replication after both initiation and elongation.
[0069] Additional anti-HCV agents (i.e., anti-HCV agents in addition to those provided by the present invention) may optionally be formulated together with compounds of the invention in a single pharmaceutical formulation or may be administered as separate formulations. Exemplary additional anti- HCV agents include pegylated alpha interferon, un-pegylated alpha interferon, ribavirin, protease inhibitors, polymerase inhibitors, p7 inhibitors, entry inhibitors, a fusion inhibitors, an anti-fibrotics, drugs which targets inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitors (IMPDH), synthetic thymosin alpha 1, therapeutic vaccines, immunomodulators, and helicase inhibitors.
[0070] The degree to which hepatitis C virus is treated or prevented by administration of a compound of the present invention may be evaluated by any techniques available to the skilled artisan. For example, treatment of hepatitis C virus may be evaluated by analyzing RNA levels of hepatitis C virus, anti-HCV antibodies, and hepatocellular damage. In another embodiment, treatment or prevention of HCV may be monitored by observing the levels of serum alanine amino transferase (ALT) and aspartate aminotransferase (AST). [0071] In an embodiment, the present invention provides a method for treating a subject that has liver disease, comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of the present invention, where the subject that has liver disease is treated. In the context of the present invention, a subject is any living organism that may benefit from treatment for a disease or condition. For example, a subject includes without limitation mammals such as dogs, cats, cows, horses, rabbits, monkeys, and humans. In a preferred embodiment, a subject is a human. Subjects that may benefit from treatment include those that have been diagnosed with a disease or condition, those that are suspected of having a disease or condition, or those that may be susceptible to a disease or condition. Benefits of treatment may include prevention of a disease or condition or amelioration of a disease or condition, including elimination of a disease or condition.
[0072] A subject that has liver disease includes any subject that has any manifestation of liver dysfunction. In addition, a subject that has liver disease further includes any subject that has a history of any disease that is associated with liver dysfunction. A disease that is associated with liver dysfunction is a disease for which it is known or suspected that the liver may be affected. Liver dysfunction may be determined by clinical evaluation, laboratory testing, pathology report, or any other means available to the skilled artisan. In the context of the present invention, a subject that has liver disease may have, without limitation, acute hepatitis, chronic hepatitis, liver cancer, cirrhosis of the liver, end-stage liver disease, or any combination thereof. A subject that has liver disease includes a liver transplant patient. In a preferred embodiment, a subject that has liver disease includes any subject that has antibodies to hepatitis C virus.
[0073] One or more compounds of the present invention may be administered to the subject via any drug delivery route known in the art. Specific exemplary administration routes include oral, ocular, rectal, buccal, topical, nasal, ophthalmic, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous (bolus and infusion), intracerebral, transdermal, and pulmonary. Individuals infected with HCV can be treated with the compounds of the present invention to prevent or reduce further replication of HCV.
[0074] The term therapeutically effective amount, as used herein, refers for example to an amount of a compound of the present invention effective to inhibit HCV translation, thereby effectively treating or ameliorating the HCV infection. The precise effective amount for a subject may depend upon factors such as the subject's body weight, size, health, age, other medications, for example. Therapeutically effective amounts for a given patient can be determined by routine experimentation that is within the skill and judgment of the clinician.
[0075] For any compound, the therapeutically effective amount can be estimated initially either in cell culture assays or in relevant animal models, such as rodents. An animal model may also be used to determine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. Such information can then be used to determine useful doses and routes for administration in humans. Therapeutic efficacy and toxicity may be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population) and LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population). The dose ratio between therapeutic and toxic effects is the therapeutic index, and it can be expressed as the ratio, ED5O/LD5o. Pharmaceutical compositions that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. The dosage contained in such compositions is preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include an ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed, sensitivity of the patient, and the route of administration.
[0076] More specifically, the concentration-biological effect relationships observed with regard to the compound(s) of the present invention indicate an initial target plasma concentration ranging from approximately 1 μg/ml to approximately 100 μg/mL, preferably from approximately 5 μg/mL to approximately 50 μg/mL, more preferably from approximately 10 μg/mL to approximately 50 μg/mL, even more preferably from approximately 10 μg/mL to approximately 25 μg/mL. To achieve such plasma concentrations, the compounds of the invention may be administered at doses that vary from 0.1 μg to 100,000 mg, depending upon the route of administration. Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of delivery is provided in the literature and is generally available to practitioners in the art. In general the dose will be in the range of about lmg/day to about lOg/day, or about O.lg to about 3g/day, or about 0.3g to about 3g/day, or about 0.5g to about 2g/day, in single, divided, or continuous doses for a patient weighing between about 40 to about 100 kg (which dose may be adjusted for patients above or below this weight range, particularly children under 40 kg).
[0077] The exact dosage will be determined by the practitioner, in light of factors related to the subject that requires treatment. Dosage and administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels of the active agent(s) or to maintain the desired effect. Factors which may be taken into account include the severity of the disease state, general health of the subject, age, weight, and gender of the subject, diet, time and frequency of administration, drug combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and tolerance/response to therapy. Long-acting pharmaceutical compositions may be administered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or once every two weeks depending on half-life and clearance rate of the particular formulation.
[0078] In an embodiment, the present invention provides a method for inhibiting hepatitis C virus replication in a subject in need thereof, said method comprising: administering to said subject an amount of a compound of formula (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), or (I-i), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a prodrug or metabolite thereof, wherein hepatitis C virus replication is inhibited.
[0079] Inhibition of hepatitis C virus replication may be measured by any technique known to the artisan. For example, inhibition may be measured by clinical observation, or laboratory tests such as EC5O- In another embodiment, inhibition of hepatitis C virus replication may be measured by a decrease in nucleotide or protein production and includes a reduction in HCV replication of at least about 10%, at least about 25%, at least about 35%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99% as compared with HCV replication prior to administration of one or more compounds of the invention.
[0080] In an embodiment of the present invention, inhibition of hepatitis C virus replication may be measured by a decrease in nucleotide or protein production and includes a reduction in HCV replication of at least about 10%, at least about 25%, at least about 35%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99% as compared with HCV replication prior to administration of one or more compounds of the invention.
[0081] In another embodiment of the present invention, a method for inhibiting HCV replication is provided, the method comprising contacting a compound of formula (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I- f), (I-g), (I-h), or (I-i) with a hepatitis C virus replicon, replicase complex, or polyprotein or fragment, wherein replication of hepatitis C virus is inhibited.
[0082] In a further embodiment, the present invention provides a method for inhibiting HCV replicase complex activity comprising contacting a compound of formula (I), (I-a), (I-b), (I-c), (I-d), (I-e), (I-f), (I-g), (I-h), or (I-i) with a hepatitis C virus replicon, replicase complex, or polyprotein or fragment, wherein hepatitis C virus replicase complex activity is inhibited.
[0083] In another embodiment, the compounds of the present invention may also be used in assays, such as for example diagnostic, screening or cell culture assays. A compound of the present invention may be contacted with a cell expressing a hepatitis C virus RNA replicon in any manner that permits the test compound and the cell comprising the replicon to interact. In an embodiment, a test compound may be contacted with a cell expressing a hepatitis C virus RNA replicon by mixing the test compound and the cell together in vivo or in vitro, for example in any container such as a flask, a replicate plate, a tube, or a vial.
[0084] A replicon is a genetic element, including by way of non-limiting example, a plasmid, cosmid, bacmid, phage or virus or any portion of the foregoing that is capable of replication largely under its own control. A replicon may be either RNA or DNA and may be single- or double-stranded. A replicon may contain a positive nucleic acid strand, a negative nucleic acid strand or both. In a preferred embodiment, an HCV replicon comprises the NS5B nonstructural protein of an HCV genome. In another preferred embodiment, an HCV replicon comprises the NS3-NS4A nonstructural proteins of an HCV genome. In another preferred embodiment, an HCV replicon comprises the NS3-NS5B nonstructural proteins of an HCV genome. In a further preferred embodiment, one or more HCV nonstructural proteins is operably linked to sequences necessary for efficient replication.
[0085] It is contemplated that any HCV replicon may be used in the methods of the present invention. In a preferred embodiment, a hepatitis C virus RNA replicon can be used in the methods of the present invention.
[0086] An HCV replicon may be obtained in any manner. For example, RNA molecules encoding an HCV replicon may be produced by in vitro transcription and transfected into cells such as by electroporation. In another embodiment, the HCV replicon may be DNA that is transfected. An HCV replicon may be transfected into any cells known to the skilled artisan. In an embodiment, an HCV replicon is transfected into Huh-7 cells using electroporation. In another embodiment, an HCV replicon is obtained from an accession database such as GenBank or ATCC.
[0087] The present invention also contemplates contacting a compound of the invention with a cell that expresses an HCV replicase complex. Any HCV replicase complex may be used in the methods of the present invention. In an embodiment, replicase complexes may be isolated in any manner known to the skilled artisan. Replicase complexes may be isolated for example as described in Lohmann, V. et al, Replication of subgenomic hepatitis C virus RNAs in a hepatoma cell line, Science 285:110-113 (1999); Blight, K.J., et al, Efficient replication of hepatitis C virus genotype Ia RNAs in cell culture, J. Virol. 77(5) 3181-90 (2003); WoIk, B. et al, Subcellular localization stability, and trans-cleavage competence of the hepatitis C virus NS3-NS4A complex expressed in tetracycline-regulated cell lines, J. Virol. 74(5): 2293-2304 (2000).
[0088] Exemplary replicase complexes include those that comprise an NS5B protein or fragment thereof, an NS3-NS5B polyprotein or fragment thereof, or an NS3-NS4A polyprotein or fragment thereof. In the context of the present invention, a replicase complex that is isolated includes one that is removed or separated from its natural environment. Any techniques for removing a replicase complex from the location where it is naturally found may be used for isolation, including for example extraction, fractionation, centrifugation, precipitation, etc.
[0089] The present invention also contemplates contacting a cell that expresses an isolated HCV polyprotein or fragment thereof. Any isolated HCV polyprotein or fragment thereof may be used in the methods of the present invention. HCV polyproteins may be isolated for example as described in Lohmann, V. et al, Replication of subgenomic hepatitis C virus RNAs in a hepatoma cell line, Science 285:110-113 (1999); Blight, K.J., et al, Efficient replication of hepatitis C virus genotype Ia RNAs in cell culture, J. Virol. 77(5) 3181-90 (2003); WoIk, B. et al, Subcellular localization stability, and trans- cleavage competence of the hepatitis C virus NS3-NS4A complex expressed in tetracycline-regulated cell lines, J. Virol. 74(5): 2293-2304 (2000).
[0090] Exemplary hepatitis C virus polyproteins or fragments thereof of the present invention include those that comprise an NS5B protein or fragment thereof, an NS3-NS5B polyprotein or fragment thereof, or an NS3-NS4A polyprotein or fragment thereof. In the context of the present invention, a polyprotein or fragment thereof that is isolated includes one that is removed or separated from its natural environment. An isolated polyprotein or fragment thereof may optionally be purified from other components.
[0091] The present invention further provides a method of screening for a compound of the present invention useful for treating hepatitis C virus, the method comprising contacting a cell comprising hepatitis C viral replicon, isolated replicase complex or isolated polypeptide with a compound of the present invention, measuring inhibition of hepatitis C virus replication, and selecting a candidate compound that is capable of inhibiting hepatitis C virus.
PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATIONS
[0092] While it is possible for the compounds of the present invention to be administered neat, it may be preferable to formulate the compounds as pharmaceutical formulations. In an aspect of the present invention, pharmaceutical formulations useful in the methods of the invention are provided. The pharmaceutical formulations of the invention may be prepared with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as carriers, solvents, stabilizers, adjuvants, diluents, glidants, etc., depending upon the particular mode of administration and dosage foπn. Formulations optionally contain excipients such as those set forth in the Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients (1986). The pharmaceutical formulations should generally be formulated to achieve a physiologically compatible pH, and may range from a pH of about 3 to a pH of about 11, a pH of about 7 to a pH of about 10, a pH of about 5 to a pH of about pH 8, preferably a pH of about pH 3 to a pH of about pH 7, depending on the formulation and route of administration.
[0093] More particularly, the pharmaceutical formulations of the invention comprise a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of at least one compound of the present invention, together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. A therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a compound of the present invention includes a viral inhibitory amount of the compound.
[0094] One or more compounds of the invention may be administered by any route appropriate to the condition to be treated. Suitable routes include parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intradermal, intrathecal and epidural), oral, nasal, topical (including buccal and sublingual), rectal, vaginal, and the like. It will be appreciated that the preferred route of administration may vary, depending for example upon the condition of the recipient and the duration of the treatment. In a preferred embodiment, treatment is administered orally or parenterally to a subject who has antibodies to hepatitis C virus.
[0095] Formulations of the present invention, e.g., for parenteral or oral administration, are most typically solids, liquid solutions, emulsions or suspensions, while inhaleable formulations for pulmonary administration are generally liquids or powders, with powder formulations being generally preferred. A pharmaceutical composition of the invention may also be formulated as a lyophilized solid that is reconstituted with a physiologically-compatible solvent prior to administration. Alternative pharmaceutical formulations of the invention may be prepared as syrups, elixirs, creams, ointments, tablets, and the like.
[0096] Suitable excipients may be carrier molecules that include large, slowly metabolized macromolecules such as proteins, polysaccharides, polylactic acids, polyglycolic acids, polymeric amino acids, amino acid copolymers, and inactive virus particles. Other exemplary excipients include antioxidants such as ascorbic acid; chelating agents such as EDTA; carbohydrates such as dextrin, hydroxyalkylcellulose, hydroxyalkylmethylcellulose, stearic acid; liquids such as oils, water, saline, glycerol and ethanol; wetting or emulsifying agents; pH buffering substances; and the like. Liposomes are also included within the definition of pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
[0097] Formulations for oral use include, for example, tablets, troches, lozenges, electuaries, aqueous or oil suspensions, non-aqueous solutions, dispersible powders or granules (including micronized particles or nanoparticles), emulsions, hard or soft capsules, syrups or elixirs may be prepared. Formulations intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical formulations, and such formulations may contain one or more agents including sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents, in order to provide a palatable preparation.
[0098] Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients particularly suitable for use in conjunction with tablets include, for example, inert diluents, such as celluloses, calcium or sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium or sodium phosphate; disintegrating agents, such as croscarmellose sodium, cross-linked povidone, maize starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, such as povidone, starch, gelatin or acacia; and lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. Tablets may optionally be scored. In addition, tablets may be uncoated or may be coated by known techniques including microencapsulation to delay disintegration and adsorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate alone or with a wax may be employed. [0099] Formulations for oral use may be also presented as hard gelatin capsules where the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example celluloses, lactose, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with non-aqueous or oil medium, such as glycerin, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
[0010O]In another embodiment, pharmaceutical formulations of the invention may be formulated as suspensions comprising a compound of the present invention in an admixture with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient suitable for the manufacture of a suspension. In yet another embodiment, pharmaceutical formulations of the invention may be formulated as dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of a suspension by the addition of suitable excipients.
[00101]Excipients suitable for use in connection with suspensions include suspending agents, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcelluose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth, gum acacia, dispersing or wetting agents such as a naturally occurring phosphatide {e.g., lecithin), a condensation product of an alkylene oxide with a fatty acid (e.g., polyoxyethylene stearate), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a long chain aliphatic alcohol (e.g., heptadecaethyleneoxycethanol), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and a hexitol anhydride (e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate); and thickening agents, such as carbomer, beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. The suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives such as acetic acid, methyl and/or n-propyl p-hydroxy-benzoate; one or more coloring agents; one or more flavoring agents; and one or more sweetening agents such as sucrose or saccharin.
[0100] Oil suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, such as arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. The oral suspensions may contain a thickening agent, such as beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents and flavoring agents optionally may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. One or more antioxidant, such as ascorbic acid, for example, may be added as a preservative.
[0101] The pharmaceutical formulations of the invention may also be in the form of oil-in-water emulsions. In an aspect, the oily phase of an emulsion may comprise only one or more emulsifϊers (otherwise known as emulgents). In a preferred aspect, the oily phase comprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat. Emulgents and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulation of the invention include Tween® 60, Span® 80, cetostearyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl mono-stearate and sodium lauryl sulfate. [0102] In an aspect of the present invention, the oily phase comprises a vegetable oil, such as olive oil or arachis oil, a mineral oil, such as liquid paraffin, or a mixture of these. Suitable emulsifying agents include naturally-occurring gums, such as gum acacia and gum tragacanth; naturally occurring phosphatides, such as soybean lecithin, esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids; hexitol anhydrides, such as sorbitan monooleate; and condensation products of these partial esters with ethylene oxide, such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The emulsion may also contain sweetening and flavoring agents. Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, such as glycerol, sorbitol or sucrose. In an aspect, such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative, a flavoring, a coloring agent, or any combination of these ingredients.
[0103] Additionally, in an aspect of the present invention, the pharmaceutical formulations of the invention may be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation. An injectable may be administered for example by injection, infusion, or as a bolus. Injectable preparations include by way of non-limiting example sterile injectable aqueous emulsions and oleaginous suspensions. An emulsion or suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents such as for example those mentioned above. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, such as a solution in 1,2-propane-diol. The sterile injectable preparation may also be prepared as a lyophilized powder. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile fixed oils may be employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or di-glycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid may likewise be used in the preparation of injectables.
[0104] Also contemplated in the invention are compounds which have been modified by substitutions or additions of chemical or biochemical moieties which make them more suitable for delivery (e.g., increase solubility, bioactivity, palatability, decrease adverse reactions, etc.), for example by esterifϊcation, glycosylation, PEGylation, etc.
[0105] The compounds of the present invention may be formulated for oral administration in a lipid-based formulation suitable for low solubility compounds. Lipid-based formulations can generally enhance the oral bioavailability of such compounds. As such, a pharmaceutical formulation of the invention comprises a therapeutically or prophylactically effective amount of a compound of the present invention, together with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient selected from the group consisting of: medium chain fatty acids or propylene glycol esters thereof (e.g., propylene glycol esters of edible fatty acids such as caprylic and capric fatty acids) and pharmaceutically acceptable surfactants such as polyoxyl 40 hydrogenated castor oil. [0106] In an alternative embodiment, cyclodextrins may be added as aqueous solubility enhancers. Cyclodextrins include hydroxypropyl, hydroxyethyl, glucosyl, maltosyl and maltotriosyl derivatives of α-, β-, and γ-cyclodextrin. A particularly preferred cyclodextrin solubility enhancer is hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin (HPBC), which may be added to any of the above-described formulations to further improve the aqueous solubility characteristics of the compounds of the present invention. In one embodiment, the composition comprises 0.1% to 20% hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin, more preferably 1% to 15% hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin, and even more preferably from 2.5% to 10% hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin. The amount of solubility enhancer employed will depend on the amount of the compound of the present invention in the composition.
[0107] The formulations of the present invention may be provided in unit dosage form or in multi-dose containers, including for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze- dried or lyophilized condition, requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example saline for injection, immediately prior to use. In an embodiment, unit dosage formulations contain a daily dose or subdose, or a fraction thereof, of the active ingredient.
[0108] The amount of active ingredient that is combined with the carrier material to produce a single dosage form will be determined by the skilled artisan and will vary depending upon considerations including the host, the nature of the condition being treated, the particular mode of administration, the pharmaceutical formulation, and the toxicity. In an embodiment, the dose of active ingredient is determined by the clinician using conventional dose escalation studies. In an embodiment, a formulation intended for administration to humans may contain approximately 0.0001 to 100 mg/kg body weight per day, preferably from about 0.01 to about 10 mg/kg body weight per day, more preferably from about 0.01 to about 5 mg/kg body weight per day, or even more preferably from about 0.5 to about 0.5 mg/kg body weight per day. For example, in an embodiment, the daily candidate dose for an adult human of approximately 70 kg body weight ranges from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg, preferably between about 5 mg and about 500 mg, and may be administered in a single dose or multiple doses.
[0109] Compounds of the invention may be formulated with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material, which may vary, for example from about 5% to about 95% of the total compositions (weight:weight). The pharmaceutical composition can be prepared to provide easily measurable amounts for administration. For example, by way of non-limiting example, an aqueous solution intended for intravenous infusion may contain from about 3 to 500 μg of the active ingredient per milliliter of solution in order that infusion of a suitable volume at a rate of about 30 mL/hr can occur.
[0110] Compounds of the invention may also be formulated to provide controlled release of the compound, allowing for example, less frequent dosing or improved pharmacokinetic or toxicity profiles. In an embodiment, the present invention provides pharmaceutical formulations designed for sustained or controlled release.
[0111] In a further embodiment, the present invention also provides veterinary formulations comprising at least one compound of the present invention together with a veterinary carrier. In an embodiment, a veterinary carrier is one that is suitable for administration to an animal other than a human. A veterinary carrier may be a solid, liquid, or gaseous material, which is acceptable in the veterinary art and is not incompatible with the one or more compounds of the invention to be administered. Veterinary formulations may be administered orally, parenterally, or by any other route.
[0112] In an embodiment of the present invention, it is also possible to combine any compound of the present invention with one or more other active ingredients. Combinations may be selected on the basis of any considerations available to the skilled art working, including for example, the condition to be treated, cross-reactivity of ingredients, and pharmaco-properties of the combination. In a preferred embodiment, a pharmaceutical formulation may comprise one or more compounds of the invention that are useful in the treatment of HCV infection together with one or more other ingredients that are useful in the treatment of HCV infection.
[0113] Compounds may be formulated in a unitary dosage form, or in separate dosage forms intended for simultaneous or sequential administration to a patient in need of treatment. When administered sequentially, the combination may be administered in two or more, three or more, four or more, five or more, or six or more administrations. In an alternative embodiment, it is possible to administer one or more compounds of the present invention and one or more additional active ingredients by different routes.
[0114] The skilled artisan will recognize that a variety of active ingredients may be administered in combination with the compounds of the present invention that may act to augment or synergistically enhance the viral inhibiting activity of the compounds of the invention. Such active ingredients include, but are not limited to, IFN-α, ribavirin, protease inhibitors, polymerase inhibitors, and helicase inhibitors. Furthermore, the compounds of the invention may also be administered in combination with other compounds that affect IRES activity known to one of skill in the art.
[0115] According to the methods of the invention, the combination of active ingredients may be: (1) co-formulated and administered or delivered simultaneously in a combined formulation; (2) delivered by alternation or in parallel as separate formulations; or (3) by any other combination therapy regimen known in the art. When delivered in alternation therapy, the methods of the invention may comprise administering or delivering the active ingredients sequentially, e.g., in separate solution, emulsion, suspension, tablets, pills or capsules, or by different injections in separate syringes. In general, during alternation therapy, an effective dosage of each active ingredient is administered sequentially, i.e., serially, whereas in simultaneous therapy, effective dosages of two or more active ingredients are administered together. Various sequences of intermittent combination therapy may also be used.
EXAMPLES
[0116] To assist in understanding the present invention, the following Examples are included. The experiments relating to this invention should not, of course, be construed as specifically limiting the invention and such variations of the invention, now known or later developed, which would be within the purview of one skilled in the art are considered to fall within the scope of the invention as described herein and hereinafter claimed.
[0117] Compounds provided herein may generally be prepared using standard synthetic methods. Starting materials are generally readily available from commercial sources, such as Sigma- Aldrich Corp. (St. Louis, MO). For example, a synthetic route similar to that shown in Example 1 or 2 may be used. It will be apparent that the final product and any intermediate(s) shown in the following schemes may be extracted, dried, filtered and/or concentrated, and may be further purified (e.g., by chromatography). Each variable (e.g., "R") in the following Schemes, refers to any group consistent with the description of the compounds provided herein. An individual skilled in the art may find modifications of one or several of the synthetic steps described herein without diverting significantly from the overall synthetic scheme. Further experimental details for synthesis of representative compounds via these schemes are provided in Examples 1-2, herein.
[0118] In the following Schemes and synthetic Examples 1-2, the following abbreviations are used:
CHEMICAL ABBREVIATIONS DCM dichloromethane
DMF dimethyl formamide
DMPA dimethylol propionic acid Et3N triethylamine
THF tetrahydrofuran
TMSCHN2 trimethylsilyl diazomethane EXAMPLE 1. SYNTHESIS OF N-(4-(PENTYLOXY)-3-(TRIFLUOROMETHYL)PHENYL)-4-(PYRIDIN-3- YL)THIAZOL-2-AMINE
Figure imgf000041_0001
Step 1. Preparation of2-bromo-l-(pyridin-3-yl)ethanone
[0119] Bromine (17.2g, 0.1 lmol) is added dropwise to a cooled solution (O0C) of 3- acetylpyridine (12.1g, O.lmol) in acetic acid containing 33% HBr with vigorous stirring. The stirring mixture is allowed to warm to 40 0C and maintained at this temperature for 2 hrs and then heated to 75 0C. After 2 hrs, the mixture is cooled and diluted with ether (400ml) to precipitate the product, which is collected by filtration and washed with ether and acetone to give 4 HBr salt as white crystals, which can be used for next step reaction without further purification.
Step 2. Preparation of N-(4-(pentyloxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-4-(pyridin-3-yl)thiazol-2-amine. Step 2. Preparation ofN-(4-(pentyloxy)-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-4-(pyridin-3-yl)thiazol-2-amine.
[0120] The reaction mixture of 4 HBr salt (2.87g, lOmmol) and thiourea 2 ( 3.07g, lOmmol) in ethyl acetate (20ml) is heated to 70 0C and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture is cooled to ambient temperature, and precipitates form. The product is collected by filtration, washed with ether, dried in air to give the product 5 as light yellow crystals.
ΝMR (CDCl3, δ ppm): 10.69 (IH, s), 9.30 (IH, d, J= 1.8 Hz), 8.95 (IH, dt, J= 1.5, 8.4 Hz), 8.86 (IH, d, J= 8.4 Hz), 8.14 (2H, m), 7.93 (IH, s), 7.91 (IH, dd, J= 2.7, 7.5 Hz), 7.21 (IH, d, J= 7.5 Hz), 4.06 (2H, t, J= 6.2Hz), 1.70 (2H, m), 1.37 (4H, m), 0.88 (3H, t, J= 6.9Hz).
EXAMPLE 2. SYNTHESIS OF 4-(6-((DIMETHYLAMINO)METHYL)PYRIDIN-S-YL)-N-(^(PENTYLOXY)-S- (TRIFLU0R0METHYL)PHENYL)THIAZ0L-2-AMINE
Figure imgf000042_0001
8
Figure imgf000042_0002
10
Figure imgf000042_0003
11
Step 1. Preparation of methyl 6-((methylsulfonyloxy)methyl)nicotinate
[0121] A Catalytic amount of DMPA (dimethylol propionic acid), triethylamine (2.Og, 19.7mmol) in 20 mL CH2C12, and methanesulfonyl chloride (1.95g, 17.0mmol) are added dropwise to a solution of 6-hydroxymethyl-nicotinic methyl ester 6 (2.2g, 13.1mmol), at -78°C under argon. The mixture is stirred for 5 hours at -78°C and then quenched with 30 mL saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer is collected and the water phase extracted with CH2C12 (2x30mL). The organic phases are combined and washed with water. The CH2C12 solution is dried over MgSO4 and concentrated to give compound 7, which is used without further purification.
[0122] Step 2. Preparation of 6-dimethylaminomethy-nicotinic methyl ester [0123] Compound 7 is treated with dimethylamine (2M) in methanol at 0 0C for 30 minutes and then raised to room temperature and stirred for 5 hours. The solvent is removed and the residue passed through silical gel (flashed with ethyl acetate-methanol 95:5) to afford 6-dimethylaminomethy-nicotinic methyl ester 8. [0124] IHNMR (CDC13, ppm) δ 9.13 (IH), 8.24 (IH), 7.48 (IH), 3.93 (3H), 3.66 (2H), 2.28 (6H).
[0125] Step 3. Preparation of 6-dimethylaminomethyl-nicotinic Na salt
[0126] 6-dimethylaminomethy-nicotinic methyl ester 8 (1.75g, 9.0mmol) is dissolved in 15 mL methanol; 5 mL 2 N sodium hydroxide is added. The mixture is heated at 90 0C for 1.5 hours and then quickly cooled to room temperature. The solvent is removed under vacuum and the remaining residue is dried by co-evaporated toluene. The solid is used without further purification. A small portion of sample is prepared for analytical use by acidification with IN HCl, removal of water and drying.
[0127] IHNMR (D2O, ppm) δ 8.86 (IH), 8.16 (IH), 7.46 (IH), 4.05 (2H), 2.53 (6H).
[0128] Step 4. Preparation of chloroacetyl pyridine
[0129] '6-dimethylaminomethyl-nicotinic Na salt 9 (202 mg, 1 mmol) is suspended in 8 mL CH2C12 and 2 drops of DMF is added. The mixture is treated with oxallyl chloride (1.2 mmol) at O0C and then warmed to room temperature and allowed to remain at this temperature 1.5 hours. The solvent is removed and the residue suspended in 10 mL THF. Et3N (2.2mmol) is added, followed by TMSCHN2 (2.5 mmol, 2M solution in ether) which is added at O0C. The mixture is warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. The mixture is then cooled to 0 0C and HCl (4.0 mmol, 2M in ether) is added. The mixture is stirred for 2 hrs at 0°C and then the solvent is removed. The residue is diluted with CH2C12 (3OmL), neutralized with 10% aqueous NaHCO3. The organic phase is collected and washed with water. The solvent is dried over MgSO4 and concentrated to give chloroacetyl pyridine 10, which is used directly in the next step.
[0130] Step 5. Preparation of 4-(6-((dimethylamino)methyl)pyridin-3-yl)-N-(4-(pentyloxy)-3- (trifluoromethyl)phenyl)thiazol-2-amine
[0131] The mixture of 10 with thiourea 2 (0.3 mmol) in 10 mL ethyl alcohol is refluxed for 2 hours and cooled to room temperature. The solvent is removed and the residue purified by HPLC to give the title compound 11.
[0132] IHNMR (CDC13, ppm) δ 8.96 (IH), 8.03 (IH, dd, J=2.2, 8.1Hz), 7.64 (IH), 7.55 (IH, dd, J=2.7, 8.9Hz), 7.38 (IH, d, J= 8.1Hz), 7.16 (IH), 6.94 (IH, d, J=8.8Hz), 6.84 (IH), 3.97 (2H, t, J=6.4Hz), 3.66 (2H), 2.33 (6H), 1.76 (2H, m), 1.37 (m, 4H), 0.87 (3H, t, J=7.1Hz).
EXAMPLE 3. ADDITIONAL EXEMPLIFIED COMPOUNDS
[0133] The compounds shown below in may be synthesized by the methods given in Examples 1 and 2, and by variations in the methods disclosed in Examples 1 and that will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art of synthetic organic synthesis. [0134] The arrays provided below show disclose compounds of the general formula
Figure imgf000044_0001
[0135] The values "A" in this formula are found in Array Al and Array Al.
[0136] The values for "B" in this formula are found in Array Bl and Array B2; the values for "t" are given in Array t, the values for "r" are given in Array r, and the values for "Ar" are given in Array AR.
[0137] Each combination of 1 element from each of Array Al, Array Bl, Array t, Array r, and Array Ar specifically discloses a discrete compound of the invention.
[0138] Each combination of 1 element from each of Array A2, Array B2, Array t, Array r, and Array Ar also specifically discloses a discrete compound of the invention.
[0139] For example [Al-l][Bl-2][t0][R0][ARl] is
Figure imgf000044_0002
N-(4-chlorophenyl)-4-fluoro-5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiazol-2-amine.
ARRAY Al
Figure imgf000044_0003
Al-I Al -2 Al-3
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000047_0001
Figure imgf000047_0002
Figure imgf000048_0002
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000050_0001
ARRAYt
to tl ARRAYr
1 2
RO Rl R2
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000052_0001
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000054_0001
[0140] Compounds listed in Tables I, II, III, and IV have been synthesized and tested in a replicon based assay of HCV replication inhibition. A replicon based assay of HCV replication inhibition is given in Example 4. The activity of each compound in the assay is indicated by +++ (EC50 < 1 micromolar), ++ (EC50 between 1 micromolar and 10 micromolar) and + (EC50 greater than 10 micromolar).
Figure imgf000054_0002
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000067_0001
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000070_0001
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000074_0001
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000077_0001
Figure imgf000078_0001
Figure imgf000079_0001
Figure imgf000080_0001
Figure imgf000081_0001
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000083_0001
Figure imgf000084_0001
Figure imgf000085_0001
Figure imgf000086_0001
Figure imgf000087_0001
Figure imgf000088_0001
Figure imgf000089_0001
Figure imgf000090_0001
Figure imgf000091_0001
Figure imgf000092_0001
Figure imgf000093_0001
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure imgf000095_0001
Figure imgf000096_0001
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure imgf000097_0002
Figure imgf000098_0001
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000101_0001
Figure imgf000102_0001
Figure imgf000103_0001
Figure imgf000104_0001
Figure imgf000105_0001
Figure imgf000106_0001
Figure imgf000107_0001
Figure imgf000108_0001
Figure imgf000109_0001
Figure imgf000110_0001
Figure imgf000111_0001
Figure imgf000112_0001
Figure imgf000113_0001
Figure imgf000114_0001
Figure imgf000115_0001
Figure imgf000116_0001
Figure imgf000117_0001
Figure imgf000118_0001
Figure imgf000119_0001
Figure imgf000120_0001
Figure imgf000121_0001
Figure imgf000122_0001
Figure imgf000123_0001
Figure imgf000124_0001
Figure imgf000125_0001
Figure imgf000126_0001
Figure imgf000127_0001
Figure imgf000128_0001
Figure imgf000129_0001
Figure imgf000130_0001
Figure imgf000131_0001
Figure imgf000132_0001
Figure imgf000133_0001
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000135_0001
Figure imgf000136_0001
Figure imgf000137_0001
Figure imgf000138_0001
Figure imgf000139_0001
Figure imgf000140_0001
Figure imgf000141_0001
Figure imgf000142_0001
Figure imgf000143_0001
Figure imgf000144_0001
Figure imgf000145_0001
Figure imgf000146_0001
Figure imgf000147_0001
Figure imgf000148_0001
Figure imgf000149_0001
Figure imgf000150_0001
Figure imgf000151_0001
Figure imgf000152_0001
Figure imgf000153_0001
Figure imgf000154_0001
Figure imgf000155_0001
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000157_0001
Figure imgf000158_0001
Figure imgf000159_0001
Figure imgf000160_0001
Figure imgf000161_0001
Figure imgf000162_0001
Figure imgf000163_0001
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000165_0001
Figure imgf000166_0001
Figure imgf000167_0001
Figure imgf000168_0001
Figure imgf000169_0001
Figure imgf000170_0001
Figure imgf000171_0001
Figure imgf000172_0001
Figure imgf000173_0001
Figure imgf000174_0001
Figure imgf000175_0001
Figure imgf000177_0001
Figure imgf000178_0001
Figure imgf000179_0001
Figure imgf000180_0001
Figure imgf000181_0001
Figure imgf000182_0001
Figure imgf000183_0001
Figure imgf000184_0001
Figure imgf000185_0001
Figure imgf000186_0001
Figure imgf000187_0001
Figure imgf000188_0001
Figure imgf000189_0001
Figure imgf000190_0001
Figure imgf000191_0001
Figure imgf000192_0001
Figure imgf000193_0001
Figure imgf000194_0001
Figure imgf000195_0001
Figure imgf000196_0001
Figure imgf000197_0001
Figure imgf000198_0001
Figure imgf000198_0002
Figure imgf000199_0001
Figure imgf000200_0001
Figure imgf000201_0001
Figure imgf000202_0001
Figure imgf000203_0001
Figure imgf000204_0001
Figure imgf000205_0001
Figure imgf000206_0001
Figure imgf000207_0001
Figure imgf000208_0001
Figure imgf000209_0001
Figure imgf000210_0001
Figure imgf000211_0001
Figure imgf000212_0001
Figure imgf000213_0001
Figure imgf000214_0001
Figure imgf000215_0001
Figure imgf000216_0001
Figure imgf000217_0001
Figure imgf000218_0001
Figure imgf000219_0001
Figure imgf000220_0001
Figure imgf000221_0001
Figure imgf000222_0001
Figure imgf000223_0001
Figure imgf000224_0001
Figure imgf000225_0001
Figure imgf000226_0001
Figure imgf000227_0001
Figure imgf000228_0001
Figure imgf000229_0001
Figure imgf000230_0001
Figure imgf000231_0001
Figure imgf000232_0001
Figure imgf000233_0001
Figure imgf000234_0001
Figure imgf000235_0001
Figure imgf000236_0001
Figure imgf000237_0001
Figure imgf000238_0001
Figure imgf000239_0001
Figure imgf000240_0001
EXAMPLE 4. ASSAY FOR IDENTIFYING COMPOUNDS WHICH INHIBIT HCV REPLICATION
[0141] Compounds claimed herein are tested for the ability to inhibit viral replication of the Hepatitis C replicon in cultured cells in which the HCV replicon construct has been incorporated. The HCV replicon system was described by Bartenschlager, et. al (Science, 285, pp. 110-113 (1999)). The replicon system is predictive of in vivo anti-HCV activity; compounds that are active in humans uniformly evidence activity in the replicon assay.
[0142] In this assay HCV replicon containing cells are treated with different concentrations of the test compound to ascertain the ability of the test compound to suppress replication of the HCV replicon. As a positive control, HCV replicon-containing cells are treated with different concentrations of interferon alpha, a known inhibitor of HCV replication. The replicon assay system includes Neomycin Phosphotransferase (NPT) as a component of the replicon itself in order to detect the transcription of replicon gene products in the host cell. Cells in which the HCV replicon is actively replicating have high levels of NPT; the level of NPT is proportional to HCV replication. Cells in which the HCV replicon is not replicating also have low levels of NPT and thus do not survive when treated with Neomycin. The NPT level of each sample is measured using a captured ELISA.
[0143] A protocol for testing compounds for the ability to inhibit viral replication of the Hepatitis C replicon cultured cells in which the replicon construct has been incorporated, follows. 4A. HCV Replicon and Replicon Expression
[0144] The HCV genome consists of a single ORF that encodes a 3000 amino acid polyprotein. The ORF is flanked on the 5' side by an untranslated region that serves as an internal ribosome entry site (IRES) and at the 3' side by a highly conserved sequence necessary for viral replication (3'-NTR). The structural proteins, necessary for viral infection, are located near the 5' end of the ORF. The nonstructural proteins, designated NS2 to NS5B comprise the remainder of the ORF.
[0145] The HCV replicon contains, 5'-3', the HCV-IRES, the neomycin phosphotransferase (neo) gene, the IRES of encephalomyocarditis virus, which directs translation of HCV sequences NS3 to NS5B, and the 3'-NTR. The sequence of the HCV replicon has been deposited in GenBank (Accession no. AJ242652).
[0146] The replicon is transfected into Huh-7 cells using standard methods such as electroporation. 4B. Cell Maintenance
[0147] The equipment and materials include, but are not limited to, Huh-7 HCV replicon- containing cells, maintenance media (DMEM (Dulbecco's modified Eagle media) supplemented with 10% FBS, L-glutamine, non-essential amino acids, penicillin (100 units/ml), streptomycin (100 micrograms/ml), and 500 micrograms/ml of Geneticin (G418), screening media (DMEM supplemented with 10% FBS, L-glutamine, non-essential amino acids, penicillin (100 units/ml) and streptomycin (100 micrograms/ml)), 96 well tissue culture plates (flat bottom), 96 well plates (U bottom for drug dilution), Interferon alpha for positive control, fixation reagent (such as methanol: acetone), primary antibody (rabbit anti-NPTII), secondary antibody: Eu-Nl 1, and enhancement solution.
[0148] HCV replicon-containing cells support high levels of viral RNA replicon replication when their density is suitable. Over-confluency causes decreased viral RNA replication. Therefore, cells must be kept growing in log phase in the presence of 500 micrograms/ml of G418. Generally, cells should be passed twice a week at 1 : 4-6 dilution. Cell maintenance is conducted as follows:
[0149] HCV replicon-containing cells are examined under a microscope to ensure that cells growing well. Cells are rinsed once with PBS and 2 ml trypsin is added. The cell/ trypsin mixture is incubated at 37 0C in a CO2 incubator for 3-5 minutes. After incubation 10 ml of complete media is added to stop the trypsinization reaction. Cells are blown gently, put into a 15 ml tube, and spun at 1200 rpm for 4 minutes. The trypsin/ medium solution is removed. Medium (5 ml) is added and the cells are mixed carefully. The cells are counted.
[0150] The cells are then seeded onto 96-well plates at a density of 6000-7500 cells/100 microliters/ well (6-7.5 x 105 cells/10 ml/plate). The plates are then incubated at 37 oC in a 5% CO2 incubator.
[0151] Cells are examined under a microscope approximated 24 hours after seeding and prior to adding drugs. If counting and dilution were performed correctly, cells are 60-70% confluent and nearly all cells should attach and spread evenly in the well. 4C. Treatment ofHCV-replicon containing cells with Test Compound
[0152] HCV replicon-containing cells are rinsed with once PBS once; 2 mis of trypsin are then added. Cells are incubated at 37°C in a 5% CO2 incubator for 3-5 minutes. 10 mis of complete medium is added to stop the reaction. Cells are blown gently, put into a 15 ml tube, and spun at 1200 rpm for four minutes. The trypsin/medium solution is removed and 5 mis of medium (500 ml DMEM (high glucose)) from BRL catalog #12430-054; 50 mis 10% FBS, 5% Geneticin G418 (50 mg/ml, BRL catalog #10131- 035), 5 ml MEM non-essential amino acids (10Ox BRL #11140-050) and 5 ml pen-strep (BRL #15140- 148) is added. The cells and media are mixed carefully
[0153] Cells are plated with screening medium (500 ml DMEM (BRL #21063-029), 50 ml FBS (BRL #10082-147) and 5 ml MEM non-essential amino acid (BRL #11140-050) at 6000-7500 cells/100 μl/well of 96 well plate (6-7.5x105 cells/10 ml/plate). Plates are placed into 37°C 5% CO2 incubator overnight. 4D. Assay
[0154] The following morning, drags (test compounds or interferon alpha) are diluted in 96 well U bottom plates with media or DMSO/media, depending on the final concentration chosen for screening. Generally for 6 concentrations of each test compounds ranging from 10 micromolar to 0.03 micromolar are applied. 100 μl of the test compound dilution is placed in wells of the 96 well plate containing the HCV replicon cells. Media without drug is added to some wells as a negative controls. DMSO is known to affect cell growth. Therefore, if drugs diluted in DMSO are used, all wells, including negative control (media only) and positive control (interferon alpha) wells, must contain the same concentration of DMSO, for single dose screening. The plates are incubated at 37°C in a humidified 5% CO2 environment for three days.
[0155] On day four, the NTPII assay is quantitated. The medium is poured from the plates and the plates are washed once in 200 μl of PBS. The PBS is then decanted and the plates tapped in a paper towel to remove any remaining PBS. Cells are fixed in situ with 100 μl/well of pre-cooled (-20°C) methanol: acetone (1:1) and the plates are placed at -20°C for 30 minutes.
[0156] The fixing solution is poured from the plates and the plates allowed to air-dry completely (approximately one hour). The appearance of the dried cell layer is recorded and the density of the cells in the toxic wells is scored with the naked eye. Alternatively cell viability may be assessed using the MTS assay described below.
[0157] The wells are blocked with 200 μl of blocking solution (10% FBS; 3% NGS in PBS) for 30 minutes at room temperature. The blocking solution is removed and 100 μl of rabbit anti-NPTII diluted 1:1000 in blocking solution is added to each well. The plates are then incubated 45-60 minutes at room temperature. After incubation, wells are washed six times with PBS-0.05% Tween-20 solution. 100 μl of 1:15,000 diluted Europium (EU)-conjugated goat anti-rabbit in blocking buffer is added to each well and incubated at room temperature for 30-45 minutes. The plates are washed again and 100 μl of enhancement solution (Perkin Elmer #4001-0010) is added to each well. Each plate is shaken (approx. 30 rpm) in a plate shaker for three minutes. 95 μl is transferred from each well to a black plate; the EU signal is quantitated in a Perkin-Elmer VICTOR plate reader (EU-Lance). Test Results:
[0158] Compounds described in the "TABLE OF COMPOUNDS" is Example 3 have been tested in an HCV replication assay, essentially as described in this example, and found to inhibit replication of the HCV replicon with an EC50 value of less than 10 micromolar. EXAMPE 5. CYTOTOXICITY ASSAYS
[0159] To insure that the decrease in replicon replication is due to compound activity against the HCV replicon rather than nonspecific toxicity assays are used to quantitate compound cytotoxicity. Example 5A. Cellular protein albumin assay for cytotoxicity
[0160] Cellular protein albumin measurements provide one marker of cytotoxicity. The protein levels obtained from cellular albumin assays may also be used to provide a normalization reference for antiviral activity of compounds. In the protein albumin assay HCV replicon-containing cells are treated for three days with different concentrations of helioxanthin; a compound that is known to be cytotoxic at high concentrations. The cells are lysed and the cell lysate used to bind plate-bound goat anti-albumin antibody at room temperature (25 0C to 28 0C) for 3 hours. The plate is then washed 6 times with IX PBS. After washing away the unbound proteins, mouse monoclonal anti-human serum albumin is applied to bind the albumin on the plate. The complex is then detected using phosphatase-labeled anti-mouse IgG as a second antibody. Example 5B. MTS Assay for Cytotoxicity
[0161] Cell viability may also be determined by CELLTITER 96 AQUEOUS ONE Solution Cell Proliferation Assay (Promega, Madison WI), a colorimetric assay for determining the number of viable cells. In this method, before fixing the cells, 10-20 μl MTS reagent is added to each well according to manufacturer's instructions, plates are incubated at 37°C and read at OD 490 nm. During the incubation period living cells covert the MTS reagent to a formazan product which absorbs at 490 nm. Thus the 490nm absorbance is directly proportional to the number of living cells in culture.
[0162] A direct comparison of the Cellular Album and MTS methods for determining cytotoxicity may be obtained as follows: Cells are treated with different concentrations of test compound or Helioxanthin for a three day-period. Prior to lysis for detection album as described above, the MTS reagent is added according to manufacturer's instruction to each well and incubate at 37 0C and read at OD 490 nm. The cellular album quantitation is then performed as described above.

Claims

CLAIMSWhat is claimed is:
1. A method of treating or preventing a viral infection, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the formula
Figure imgf000245_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof; wherein:
Ari is fluorenyl, or
Aτi is phenyl, naphthyl, a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl group, or a 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl group, wherein Ari is substituted with R and Ri; R is 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, Cr
C2alkyl, CrC2alkoxy, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy; Ri is one or two substituents independently chosen from (a) and (b)
(a) halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -SO2NH2 Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy, and
(b) Ci-Cio alkyl, C2-Ci0 alkenyl, C2-Ci0 alkynyl, C2-Ci0alkanoyl, C2-Ci0alkylester, CrCi0 alkoxy, mono- or di-Ci-Cioalkylcarboxamide, or a group -YZ, where Y is bond, or Y is CrCiOalkyl, a C2Ci0alkenyl, or C2-Ci0alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and Z is hydrogen, C3-C7cycloalkyl, C3-C7cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C3-
C7cycloalkyl)C0-Cioalkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substituted with
O or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, CrC2haloalkyl, and Cr
C2haloalkoxy; any R and Ri which are covalently bound to adjacent carbon atoms may be joined to form an aromatic or partially saturated carbocyclic ring system having 1 or 2 rings, each ring having 5 or 6 ring carbon atoms; R2 is halogen, -COOH, -CONH2, -C(O)OCH3, -C(O)CH3, -NHC(O)OH, or amino, or R2 is -CH2R3, -NH-S(O)2R3, -CH2-NH-S(O)2R3, -S(O)2R3, -C(O)-NH-R3, -C(O)-NH-CH2R3, -NH-C(O)- R3, -NH-C(O)-Rb, -C(O)O-R3, -C(O)-O-Rb, -OR3, -C(O)-R3, or-C(O)-Rb, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e), or R2 is CrC6alkyl, phenyl, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, phenyl fused to a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring, or a bicyclic 8- to 10-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e);
(c) halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OH, -S(O)NH2, CrC2haloalkyl, and Cr
C2haloalkoxy,
(d) CrC4alkyl, CrC4alkoxy, C2-C4alkenyl, mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino, mono- and di-(Cr
C4alkyl)carboxamide, mono- or d^Ct-Qalkytysulfonamide, CiC4alkylester, each of which is substituted with O or one ore more substituents independently chosen from oxo, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OH, -S(O)NH2, d-C4alkoxy, mono- and di- Ci-Cδalkylamino, mono- and di-(Ci-C4alkyl)carboxamide, mono- or di(Ci-C4alkyl)sulfonamide, CiC4alkylester Ci-C2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy
(e) (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C4alkyl, (heterocycloalkyl)C0-C4alkyl, (phenyl)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is substituted with oxo, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OH,
-S(O)NH2, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy; R2 and R4 are taken together with the carbon atoms of the thiazole ring to which they are attached to form a C5-C7 carbocyclic ring, which is aromatic or partially unsaturated; R3 is hydrogen, CrC4alkyl, or -C(O)-Rd; R4 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, CrC2alkyl, CrC2alkoxy, Ci-C2haloalkyl, Cr
C2haloalkoxy or phenyl; or R4 is taken together with R2 to form a ring;
R3 is heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, CrC4 alkyl, and CrC4 alkoxy;
Rb is Ci-Ce alkyl, wherein the alkyl is optionally substituted with a halogen, hydroxyl, -C(O)OH, phenyl, or 4-(NH2S(O)2)-phenyl;
Rd is CrC6alkyl, phenyl, or 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl; r is O, 1, or 2; q is O or 1; t is O or 1; and q and t are not both 1; Wherein at least one of the following conditions are met: (i) R4 is not hydrogen; or (ii) at least one Ri is other than halogen, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkoxy, amino, -C(O)NH2, -S(O)2NH2, unsubstituted alkanoyl, unsubstituted alkylester, or -S(O)2NH(heteroaryl); or
(iii) R2 is other than aryl or heteroaryl; or
(iv) R2 is aryl or heteroaryl, substituted with at least one group other than halogen, unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkoxy, amino, -C(O)NH2, -S(O)2NH2, unsubstituted alkanoyl, unsubstituted alkylester, or -S(O)2NH(heteroaryl).
2. The method of Claim 1 wherein
Ari is phenyl or pyridyl, each substituted with R and R1; and t, q, and r are all O.
3. The method of Claim 1, wherein t and q are both O and r is O or 1 ; and
Ari is phenyl, naphthyl, a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl group, or a 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl group, wherein Ari is substituted with R and Ri; R is O or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, Ci-
C2alkyl, CrC2alkoxy, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy; Ri is one or two substituents independently chosen from (a) and (b)
(a) halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -SO2NH2 CrC2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy, and
(b) Ci-Cio alkyl, C2-Ci0 alkenyl, C2-Ci0 alkynyl, C2-C]0alkanoyl, C2-Ci0alkylester, Ci-Ci0 alkoxy, mono- or di-Ci-Cioalkylcarboxamide, or a group -YZ, where Y is bond, or Y is Ci-CiOalkyl, a C2Ci0alkenyl, or C2-Ci0alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and Z is hydrogen, C3-C7cycloalkyl, C3-C7cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C3-
C7cycloalkyl)C0-Ci0alkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substituted with
O or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, Ci-C2haloalkyl, and Cr
C2haloalkoxy.
4. The method of Claim 3, wherein R is O substituents.
5. The method of Claim 4, wherein at least one
Ri is C1-C10 alkyl, C2-C]0 alkenyl, C2-Ci0 alkynyl, C2-C10alkanoyl, C2-C10alkylester, C1-C10 alkoxy, mono- or di-CrCi0alkylcarboxamide, or a group -YZ, where Y is bond, or Y is Ci-CiOalkyl, a C2Cioalkenyl, or C2-C10alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and Z is hydrogen, C3-C7cycloalkyl, C3-C7cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C3-
C7cycloalkyl)C0-C10alkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substituted with
0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, CrC4alkyl, CrC4alkoxy, CrC2haloalkyl, and C1-
C2haloalkoxy.
6. The method of Claim 5, wherein
Aτi is phenyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl group substituted with an R1 substituent in either the meta and para positions; and at least one Ri is C4-Ci0 alkyl, C4-C10 alkenyl, C4-Ci0 alkynyl, C4-C10alkanoyl, C4-C10alkylester, C4-C10 alkoxy, mono- or di-C4-C10alkylcarboxamide, or a group -YZ, where Y is bond, or Y is C4-Ci0alkyl, a C4Ci0alkenyl, or C4-C10alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and Z is hydrogen, C3-C7cycloalkyl, C3-C7cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C3-
C7cycloalkyl)C0-Ci0alkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substituted with
0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, CpQalkyl, CrC4alkoxy, CrC2haloalkyl, and Cr
C2haloalkoxy.
7. The method of Claim 6, wherein a second Ri is halogen, trifluoromethyl, or trifiuoromethoxy.
8. The method of Claim 6, wherein
Ari is phenyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl group substituted with R1 substituents in either the meta and para positions; and one R1 is C4-C10 alkyl, C4-Ci0 alkenyl, C4-Ci0 alkynyl, C4-Ci0alkanoyl, C4-Ci0alkylester, C4-Ci0 alkoxy, mono- or di-C4-Cioalkylcarboxamide, or a group -YZ, where Y is bond, or Y is C4-Cioalkyl, a C4Ci0alkenyl, or C4-CiOalkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and Z is hydrogen, C3-C7cycloalkyl, C3-C7cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C3-
C7cycloalkyl)C0-Ci0alkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substituted with
0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, CrC4alkyl, CrC4alkoxy, CrC2haloalkyl, and C1-
C2haloalkoxy; and the other Ri is halogen, trifluormethyl, or trifluoromethoxy.
9. The method of Claim 6, wherein
Ari is phenyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl group substituted with Ri substituents in either the meta and para positions; and one Ri is a group -YZ, where Y is bond, or Y is C4-Ci0alkyl, a C4Ci0alkenyl, or C4-Ci0alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and
Z is hydrogen, C3-C7cycloalkyl, C3-C7cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C3-
C7cycloalkyl)C0-Ci0alkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, CrC4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, CrC2haloalkyl, and Cr C2haloalkoxy; and the other Ri is halogen, trifluormethyl, or trifluoromethoxy.
10. The method of any one of Claim 1, wherein the compound is a compound of the formula
Figure imgf000249_0001
11. The method of Claim 10, wherein t and q are 0 and r is 0 or 1.
12. The method of Claim 11 , wherein R4 is hydrogen or halogen; and
R2 is phenyl, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, phenyl fused to a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring, or a bicyclic 8- to 10-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e);
(c) halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OH, -S(O)NH2, CrC2haloalkyl, and Cr
C2haloalkoxy,
(d) Ci-C4alkyl, CrC4alkoxy, C2-C4alkenyl, mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylamino, mono- and di-(Cr
C4alkyl)carboxamide, mono- or di(Ci-C4alkyl)sulfonamide, CiC4alkylester, each of which is substituted with O or one ore more substituents independently chosen from oxo, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OH, -S(O)NH2, CrC4alkoxy, mono- and di- CrC6alkylamino, mono- and di-(CrC4alkyl)carboxamide, mono- or di(CrC4alkyl)sulfonamide, CiQalkylester Ci-C2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy
(e) (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-C4alkyl, (heterocycloalkyl)C0-C4alkyl, (phenyl)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is substituted with oxo, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OH, -S(O)NH2, CrC2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy.
13. The method of Claim 12 wherein
R2 is phenyl or pyridyl, each of which is substituted with O or 1 or 2 substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e).
14. The method of Claim 12 wherein
R2 is piperidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, or pyrrolidinyl, each of which is substituted with O or 1 or 2 substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e).
15. The method of Claim 12 wherein
R2 is a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, phenyl fused to a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring, or a bicyclic 8- to 10-membered heteroaryl chosen from imidazo[2,l-b]thiazol-5-yl, pyrazinyl, lH-imidazo[l,2-a]pyridin-3-yl, thiazolo[3,2-b][l,2,4]triazol-5-yl, isoxazol-3-yl, imidazo[l,2-a]pyridin-2-yl, thiazolyl, 2H-benzo[b][l,4]oxazin-3(4H)-one, benzo[d]thiazol-2-yl, thienyl, benzofuran-2-yl, benzo[d]oxazol-2(3H)-one, pyrimidinyl, imidazolyl, pyridizinyl, furanyl, benzo[d][l,3]dioxol-5-yl, naphthyl, quinolinyl, isobenzofuran-l(3H)-one, isobenzofuran- l(3H)-one, 2H-benzo[b][l,4]thiazin-3(4H)-one, l,2,3-thiadiazol-4-yl, each of which is substituted with 0 or 1 or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, oxo hydroxyl, amino, cyano, Cj-C4 alkyl, and C1-C4 alkoxy.
16. A compound of the formula
Figure imgf000251_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof; wherein: Ari is phenyl, naphthyl, a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl group, or a 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl group, wherein Ar1 is substituted with R and Ri; R is 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, Ci-
C2alkyl, Ci-C2alkoxy, CrC2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy; Ri is one or two substituents independently chosen from (a) and (b)
(a) halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, -COOH, -SO2NH2 CrC2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy, and
(b) Ci-C10 alkyl, C2-Ci0 alkenyl, C2-Ci0 alkynyl, C2-Ci0alkanoyl, C2-Ci0alkylester, C1-Ci0 alkoxy, mono- or di-Ci-Cioalkylcarboxamide, or a group -YZ, where Y is bond, or Y is Ci-CiOalkyl, a C2Ci0alkenyl, or C2-Ci0alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and Z is hydrogen, C3-C7cycloalkyl, C3-C7cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-Cioalkoxy, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, and at least one R1 is a group -YZ in which Y is C6-Ci0alkyl, a C6CiOalkenyl, or C6-Ci0alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and C3-C7cycloalkyl, C3-C7cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, (C3- C7cycloalkyl)Co-Cioalkoxy, or 5- to 6-raembered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, CrC4alkyl, CrC4alkoxy, C1- C2haloalkyl, and Ci-C2haloalkoxy; and the other Ri is halogen, trifluormethyl, or trifluoromethoxy; R2 is halogen, -COOH, -CONH2, -C(O)OCH3, -C(O)CH3, -NHC(O)OH, or amino, or R2 is -CH2R3, -NH-S(O)2R3, -CH2-NH-S(O)2R3, -S(O)2R3, -C(O)-NH-R3, -C(O)-NH-CH2R3, -NH-C(O)- R3, -NH-C(O)-Rb, -C(O)O-R3, -C(0)-0-Rb, -OR3, -C(O)-R3, or-C(O)-Rb, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e), or R2 is Ci-Qalkyl, phenyl, a 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, phenyl fused to a 5 or 6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring, or a bicyclic 8- to 10-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from (c), (d), and (e);
(c) halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OH, -S(O)NH2, CrC2haloalkyl, and Q-
C2haloalkoxy,
(d) Ci-C4alkyl, CrC4alkoxy, C2-C4alkenyl, mono- and di-Ci-Cόalkylamino, mono- and di-(Q-
C4alkyl)carboxamide, mono- or di(Ci-C4alkyl)sulfonamide, CiC4alkylester, each of which is substituted with O or one ore more substituents independently chosen from oxo, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OH, -S(O)NH2, CrC4alkoxy, mono- and di- CrC6alkylamino, mono- and di-(Ci-C4alkyl)carboxamide, mono- or di(CrC4alkyl)sulfonamide, QQalkylester CrC2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy
(e) (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-C4alkyl, (heterocycloalkyl)C0-C4alkyl, (phenyl)C0-C4alkyl, each of which is substituted with oxo, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, cyano, amino, nitro, -C(O)NH2, -C(O)OH,
-S(O)NH2, CrC2haloalkyl, and CrC2haloalkoxy; R2 and R4 are taken together with the carbon atoms of the thiazole ring to which they are attached to form a C5-C7 carbocyclic ring, which is aromatic or partially unsaturated; R3 is hydrogen, CrC4alkyl, or -C(O)-Rd; R4 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, CrC2alkyl, CrC2alkoxy, CrC2haloalkyl, C1-
C2haloalkoxy or phenyl; or R4 is taken together with R2 to form a ring;
R3 is heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, or 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with O or one or more substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, Ci-C4 alkyl, and Ci-C4 alkoxy; Rb is CpC6 alkyl, wherein the alkyl is optionally substituted with a halogen, hydroxyl,
-C(O)OH, phenyl, or 4-(NH2S(O)2)-phenyl; Rd is CrC6alkyl, phenyl, or 5- to 6- membered heteroaryl; r is 0, 1, or 2; q is O or 1; t is 0 or 1; and q and t are not both 1.
17. The compound, salt or hydrate of Claim 16, wherein
Ari is phenyl or a 6-membered heteroaryl group substituted with Ri substituents in either the meta and para positions; and one Ri is a group -YZ, where Y is C6-CiOalkyl, a C6CiOalkenyl, or C6-Ci0alkynyl, each optionally having 1 or 2 oxygen or nitrogen atoms within the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl chain; and
Z is C3-C7cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl containing 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, wherein each (b) other than hydrogen, is substituted with 0 or one or more substituents independently chosen from: halogen, hydroxyl, amino, cyano, nitro, oxo, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, CrC2haloalkyl, and Q- C2haloalkoxy; and the other Ri is halogen, trifluormethyl, or trifluoromethoxy.
18. The compound, salt, or hydrate of Claim 17, wherein R is halogen or trifluoromethyl, t, q, and r are all 0 and R4 is hydrogen, halogen, methyl, or phenyl.
19. The compound, salt, or hydrate of Claim 17, wherein R4 is fluorine.
20. A pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more compounds, salts, or hydrates of Claim 16, together with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
21. The method of Claim 1 wherein the viral infection is a hepatitis C infection.
22. The method of Claim 21, wherein the patient has antibodies to hepatitis C virus.
23. The method of Claim 22, further comprising administering to the patient an amount of an additional anti-HCV agent.
24. The method of Claim 23, further comprising administering to the patient an amount of one or more of pegylated alpha interferon, un-pegylated alpha interferon, ribavirin, protease inhibitor, polymerase inhibitor, p7 inhibitor, entry inhibitor, fusion inhibitor, anti-fibrotic, drug which targets inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitors (MPDH), synthetic thymosin alpha 1, therapeutic vaccine, immunomodulator, and helicase inhibitor.
25. A packaged pharmaceutical composition comprising the pharmaceutical composition of Claim 20, in a container, together with instructions for using the composition to treat a viral infection.
26. The pharmaceutical composition of Claim 20, wherein the composition is formulated for oral administration.
PCT/US2006/017692 2005-05-09 2006-05-09 Thiazole compounds and methods of use WO2006122011A2 (en)

Priority Applications (11)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP06770077A EP1879575A2 (en) 2005-05-09 2006-05-09 Thiazole compounds and methods of use
AU2006244203A AU2006244203B2 (en) 2005-05-09 2006-05-09 Thiazole compounds and methods of use
CA002607617A CA2607617A1 (en) 2005-05-09 2006-05-09 Thiazole compounds and methods of use
NZ563866A NZ563866A (en) 2005-05-09 2006-05-09 Thiazole compounds and methods of use
JP2008511226A JP2008540537A (en) 2005-05-09 2006-05-09 Thiazole compounds and methods of use
EA200702445A EA200702445A1 (en) 2005-05-09 2006-05-09 THIAZOLE COMPOUNDS AND METHODS OF THEIR APPLICATION
BRPI0608910-0A BRPI0608910A2 (en) 2005-05-09 2006-05-09 use of a compound of the formula or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof, compound or salt or hydrate thereof, pharmaceutical composition and packaged pharmaceutical composition
MX2007013955A MX2007013955A (en) 2005-05-09 2006-05-09 Thiazole compounds and methods of use.
AP2007004268A AP2358A (en) 2005-05-09 2006-05-09 Thiazole compounds and methods of use.
IL186970A IL186970A0 (en) 2005-05-09 2007-10-28 Thiazole compounds and methods of use
NO20075723A NO20075723L (en) 2005-05-09 2007-11-09 Thiazole compounds and methods of use

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US67913305P 2005-05-09 2005-05-09
US60/679,133 2005-05-09

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006122011A2 true WO2006122011A2 (en) 2006-11-16
WO2006122011A3 WO2006122011A3 (en) 2007-05-03

Family

ID=36968742

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2006/017692 WO2006122011A2 (en) 2005-05-09 2006-05-09 Thiazole compounds and methods of use

Country Status (18)

Country Link
US (2) US8088806B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1879575A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2008540537A (en)
KR (1) KR20080019213A (en)
CN (1) CN101247807A (en)
AP (1) AP2358A (en)
AU (1) AU2006244203B2 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0608910A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2607617A1 (en)
EA (1) EA200702445A1 (en)
IL (1) IL186970A0 (en)
MX (1) MX2007013955A (en)
NO (1) NO20075723L (en)
NZ (1) NZ563866A (en)
SG (1) SG159561A1 (en)
UA (1) UA92746C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2006122011A2 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200709751B (en)

Cited By (77)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007103550A3 (en) * 2006-03-08 2007-11-08 Achillion Pharmaceuticals Inc Substituted aminothiazole derivatives with anti-hcv activity
JP2009503112A (en) * 2005-08-04 2009-01-29 サートリス ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッド Imidazo [2,1-B] thiazole derivatives as sirtuin-modulating compounds
WO2009010455A3 (en) * 2007-07-13 2009-03-05 Addex Pharmaceuticals Sa Pyrazole derivatives as modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptors
WO2008147557A3 (en) * 2007-05-22 2009-03-05 Achillion Pharmaceuticals Inc Heteroaryl substituted thiazoles and their use as antiviral agents
WO2009035788A1 (en) 2007-08-03 2009-03-19 Romark Laboratories L.C. Alkylsulfonyl-substituted thiazolide compounds
WO2009023402A3 (en) * 2007-07-17 2009-04-23 Acea Biosciences Inc Heterocyclic compounds and uses as anticancer agents
EP2054386A2 (en) * 2006-08-03 2009-05-06 Trustees Of Tufts College Non-flushing niacin analogues, and methods of use thereof
GB2455111A (en) * 2007-11-28 2009-06-03 Addex Pharmaceuticals Sa Metabotropic glutamate receptor (mGluR4) modulators having 5- or 6-membered N-heteroaryl ring substituted by both N-cyclylamino & 5-membered N-heteroaryl ring
EP2070916A1 (en) 2007-12-10 2009-06-17 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft 2-Arylthiazol-4-carboxylic acid derivatives, their manufacture and use as medicine
EP2070925A1 (en) 2007-12-10 2009-06-17 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft New 2-substituted tiazol-4-carboxylic acid derivatives, their manufacture and use as medicine
EP2070924A1 (en) 2007-12-10 2009-06-17 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft New 2 hetarylthiazol-4-carboxylic acid derivatives, their manufacture and use as medicine
EP2101173A1 (en) 2008-03-14 2009-09-16 Vivalis In vitro method to determine whether a drug candidate active against a target protein is active against a variant of said protein
WO2009149436A1 (en) * 2008-06-06 2009-12-10 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted aminothiazole prodrugs of compounds with anti-hcv activity
WO2010008831A2 (en) * 2008-06-24 2010-01-21 Irm Llc Compounds and methods for modulating g protein-coupled receptors
WO2010018131A1 (en) 2008-08-11 2010-02-18 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Purine derivatives for use in the treatment of allergic, inflammatory and infectious diseases
WO2010079239A1 (en) 2009-01-12 2010-07-15 Addex Pharma S.A. Novel thiazoles derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptors
US20100273839A1 (en) * 2007-10-16 2010-10-28 Kurth Mark J Compounds Having Activity in Correcting Mutant-CFTR Processing and Uses Thereof
US20100324071A1 (en) * 2007-07-27 2010-12-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Novel glucokinase activators and methods of using same
JP2010540667A (en) * 2007-10-09 2010-12-24 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Pyridine derivatives useful as glucokinase activators
US7897764B2 (en) 2007-06-08 2011-03-01 National Health Research Institutes Thiourea derivatives
US7939523B2 (en) 2008-01-08 2011-05-10 National Health Research Institutes Imidazolidinone and imidazolidinethione derivatives
EP2326631A2 (en) * 2008-08-18 2011-06-01 Yale University Mif modulators
US7985763B2 (en) 2007-04-10 2011-07-26 National Health Research Institutes Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
WO2011098452A1 (en) 2010-02-10 2011-08-18 Glaxosmithkline Llc 6-amino-2-{ [ (1s)-1-methylbutyl] oxy}-9-[5-(1-piperidinyl)-7,9-dihydro-8h-purin-8-one maleate
WO2011098451A1 (en) 2010-02-10 2011-08-18 Glaxosmithkline Llc Purine derivatives and their pharmaceutical uses
US20110207751A1 (en) * 2010-02-19 2011-08-25 Long Mao Heterocyclic compounds and uses as anticancer agents
US8088771B2 (en) 2008-07-28 2012-01-03 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Cycloalkylidene and heterocycloalkylidene inhibitor compounds
US8124764B2 (en) 2008-07-14 2012-02-28 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Fused heterocyclyc inhibitor compounds
US8134000B2 (en) 2008-07-14 2012-03-13 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Imidazolyl pyrimidine inhibitor compounds
US8163746B2 (en) 2006-04-19 2012-04-24 Astellas Pharma Inc. Azolecarboxamide derivative
WO2012075393A2 (en) * 2010-12-02 2012-06-07 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Activators of proteasomal degradation and uses thereof
US8198284B2 (en) 2008-04-30 2012-06-12 National Health Research Institutes Treatment of neurodegenerative disorders with thiourea compounds
US8236835B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2012-08-07 Novartis Ag Heterocyclic inhibitors of stearoyl-CoA desaturase
US8247565B2 (en) 2007-06-20 2012-08-21 Sirtris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sirtuin modulating compounds
US8258160B2 (en) 2006-12-20 2012-09-04 Novartis Ag SCD1 inhibitors triazole and tetrazole compounds
US8258316B2 (en) 2009-06-08 2012-09-04 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Alkanoylamino benzamide aniline HDAC inhibitor compounds
US8283357B2 (en) 2009-06-08 2012-10-09 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Cycloalkylcarbamate benzamide aniline HDAC inhibitor compounds
US8304547B2 (en) 2007-10-24 2012-11-06 Astellas Pharma Inc. Azolecarboxamide compound or salt thereof
US8314138B2 (en) 2006-08-24 2012-11-20 Novartis Ag Pyrazole derivative as SCD1 inhibitors for the treatment of diabetes
US8344018B2 (en) 2008-07-14 2013-01-01 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Oxindolyl inhibitor compounds
WO2014063167A1 (en) * 2012-10-19 2014-04-24 The Broad Institute, Inc. Thiazole-based inhibitors of scavenger receptor bi
US8846727B2 (en) 2009-05-12 2014-09-30 Romark Laboratories, L.C. Haloalkyl heteroaryl benzamide compounds
US9023877B2 (en) 2009-06-26 2015-05-05 Romark Laboratories L.C. Compounds and methods for treating influenza
US20150197513A1 (en) * 2012-08-09 2015-07-16 Neuropore Therapies, Inc. Aryl- and heteroaryl-substituted benzene derivatives as modulators of pi3-kinase signalling pathways
WO2015124591A1 (en) 2014-02-20 2015-08-27 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property (No.2) Limited Pyrrolo[3,2] pyrimidine derivatives as inducers of human interferon
CN104995179A (en) * 2013-03-05 2015-10-21 弗·哈夫曼-拉罗切有限公司 N-heteroaryl substituted aniline derivatives as HCV-antivirals
US9290489B2 (en) 2012-07-06 2016-03-22 Duke University Activation of TRPV4 ion channel by physical stimuli and critical role for TRPV4 in organ-specific inflammation and itch
EP3000813A1 (en) 2008-08-11 2016-03-30 GlaxoSmithKline LLC Purine derivatives for use in the treatment of allergic, inflammatory and infectious diseases
WO2016075661A1 (en) 2014-11-13 2016-05-19 Glaxosmithkline Biologicals Sa Adenine derivatives which are useful in the treatment of allergic diseases or other inflammatory conditions
US9540322B2 (en) 2008-08-18 2017-01-10 Yale University MIF modulators
US9643922B2 (en) 2008-08-18 2017-05-09 Yale University MIF modulators
US9663529B2 (en) 2013-07-02 2017-05-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Tricyclic pyrido-carboxamide derivatives as rock inhibitors
WO2017093933A1 (en) 2015-12-03 2017-06-08 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Cyclic purine dinucleotides as modulators of sting
WO2017175156A1 (en) 2016-04-07 2017-10-12 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Heterocyclic amides useful as protein modulators
WO2017175147A1 (en) 2016-04-07 2017-10-12 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Heterocyclic amides useful as protein modulators
EP3246030A1 (en) 2008-08-11 2017-11-22 GlaxoSmithKline LLC Novel adenine derivatives
US9884851B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2018-02-06 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Heterocycle-bisamide inhibitors of scavenger receptor BI
US9890139B2 (en) 2013-06-11 2018-02-13 Orion Corporation CYP17 inhibitors/antiandrogens
US9914740B2 (en) 2013-07-02 2018-03-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Tricyclic pyrido-carboxamide derivatives as rock inhibitors
EP3262040A4 (en) * 2015-02-27 2018-09-12 The Regents of The University of California Small molecules that enable cartilage rejuvanation
US10087173B2 (en) 2011-10-04 2018-10-02 Baruch S. Blumberg Institute Substituted aminothiazoles as inhibitors of cancers, including hepatocellular carcinoma, and as inhibitors of hepatitis virus replication
WO2019069270A1 (en) 2017-10-05 2019-04-11 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Modulators of stimulator of interferon genes (sting)
WO2019069269A1 (en) 2017-10-05 2019-04-11 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Modulators of stimulator of interferon genes (sting) useful in treating hiv
US10329265B2 (en) 2014-08-22 2019-06-25 Duke University TRPA1 and TRPV4 inhibitors and methods of using the same for organ-specific inflammation and itch
WO2019219820A1 (en) 2018-05-16 2019-11-21 Ctxt Pty Limited Substituted condensed thiophenes as modulators of sting
US10501423B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2019-12-10 Neuropore Therapies, Inc. Substituted phenyl sulfonyl phenyl triazole thiones and uses thereof
WO2020232378A1 (en) 2019-05-16 2020-11-19 Silicon Swat, Inc. Benzo[b][1,8]naphthyridine acetic acid derivatives and methods of use
WO2020232375A1 (en) 2019-05-16 2020-11-19 Silicon Swat, Inc. Oxoacridinyl acetic acid derivatives and methods of use
WO2021009362A1 (en) 2019-07-18 2021-01-21 Ctxt Pty Limited Benzothiophene, thienopyridine and thienopyrimidine derivatives for the modulation of sting
WO2021009365A1 (en) 2019-07-18 2021-01-21 Ctxt Pty Limited Benzothiophene, thienopyridine and thienopyrimidine derivatives for the modulation of sting
WO2021214020A1 (en) 2020-04-24 2021-10-28 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Substituted aminothiazoles as dgkzeta inhibitors for immune activation
US11229628B2 (en) 2015-01-09 2022-01-25 Duke University TRPA1 and TRPV4 inhibitors and methods of using the same for organ-specific inflammation and itch
JP2022130388A (en) * 2015-04-07 2022-09-06 イーエルエイ ファーマ リミテッド Compositions for treating and/or preventing cell and/or tissue necrosis specifically targeting cathepsin c and/or cela1 and/or cela3a and/or structurally related enzymes thereto
US11564911B2 (en) 2016-04-07 2023-01-31 Duke University Small molecule dual-inhibitors of TRPV4 and TRPA1 for sanitizing and anesthetizing
US20230150997A1 (en) * 2021-08-25 2023-05-18 PIC Therapeutics, Inc. Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2023135330A1 (en) * 2022-01-17 2023-07-20 Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique Deoxycytidine kinase inhibitors
US12030875B2 (en) 2018-09-07 2024-07-09 PIC Therapeutics, Inc. EIF4E inhibitors and uses thereof

Families Citing this family (32)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101096363B (en) * 2006-06-27 2011-05-11 中国人民解放军军事医学科学院毒物药物研究所 2,4,5-three-substituted thiazole compound, preparation method, medicament composition and pharmacy use thereof
WO2008070447A2 (en) * 2006-11-21 2008-06-12 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Anti-viral compounds
EP2148878A4 (en) * 2007-04-20 2011-08-10 Merck Canada Inc Novel heteroaromatic compounds as inhibitors of stearoyl-coenzyme a delta-9 desaturase
AU2008253512A1 (en) * 2007-05-23 2008-11-27 Merck Frosst Canada Ltd. Bicyclic heteroaromatic compounds as inhibitors of stearoyl-coenzyme A delta-9 desaturase
US20100197692A1 (en) * 2007-07-20 2010-08-05 Merck Frosst Canada Ltd. Bicyclic heteroaromatic compounds as inhibitors of stearoyl-coenzyme a delta-9 desaturase
EP2306836B1 (en) * 2008-07-01 2016-09-07 PTC Therapeutics, Inc. Bmi-1 protein expression modulators
CN101928283A (en) * 2009-06-25 2010-12-29 上海唐润医药科技有限公司 Compound with anti-HCV activity and application thereof
CA2793311C (en) * 2010-03-17 2019-01-15 Taivex Therapeutics Inc. Modulators of hec1 activity and methods therefor
WO2012037351A1 (en) * 2010-09-17 2012-03-22 Glaxosmithkline Llc Compounds
WO2012037349A2 (en) * 2010-09-17 2012-03-22 Glaxosmithkline Llc Compounds
US8835456B1 (en) 2011-03-18 2014-09-16 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. NS5A inhibitors useful for treating HCV
WO2012136111A1 (en) * 2011-04-02 2012-10-11 中国人民解放军军事医学科学院毒物药物研究所 Phenylpropionic acid compound, preparation method therefor and medicinal use thereof
US8809313B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2014-08-19 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted aliphanes, cyclophanes, heteraphanes, heterophanes, hetero-heteraphanes and metallocenes useful for treating HCV infections
WO2013033037A2 (en) * 2011-08-26 2013-03-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Novel antiprion compounds
JP2014528412A (en) * 2011-09-30 2014-10-27 キネタ・インコーポレイテツド Antiviral compounds
US9926309B2 (en) 2011-10-05 2018-03-27 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Pi-kinase inhibitors with anti-infective activity
US9278089B2 (en) 2011-10-26 2016-03-08 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Method of treating HCV infection with a small molecule CHK2 inhibitor
US11071736B2 (en) 2011-11-21 2021-07-27 Taivex Therapeutics Corporation Modulators of HEC1 activity and methods therefor
EP3052190A4 (en) * 2013-10-01 2017-07-19 New York University Amino, amido, and heterocyclic compounds as modulators of rage activity and uses thereof
TW201629035A (en) * 2014-10-06 2016-08-16 奇尼塔公司 Anti-viral compounds, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of use thereof
ES2796276T3 (en) * 2015-02-05 2020-11-26 Ab Science Compounds with antitumor activity
CN105524056A (en) * 2016-01-05 2016-04-27 中山大学肿瘤防治中心 Aminothiazole compound, and preparation method and application thereof
US11091472B2 (en) 2016-02-26 2021-08-17 The Regents Of The University Of California PI-kinase inhibitors with anti-infective activity
CN109641874A (en) 2016-05-10 2019-04-16 C4医药公司 C for target protein degradation3The glutarimide degron body of carbon connection
EP3454862B1 (en) 2016-05-10 2024-09-11 C4 Therapeutics, Inc. Spirocyclic degronimers for target protein degradation
CN109562107A (en) 2016-05-10 2019-04-02 C4医药公司 Heterocycle degron body for target protein degradation
CA3034460A1 (en) 2016-08-26 2018-03-01 The Regents Of The University Of California Hair follicle stem cell activation and hair growth
US10875861B1 (en) 2017-05-26 2020-12-29 Rutgers, The State University Of New Jersey Therapeutic compounds
WO2019164996A1 (en) 2018-02-21 2019-08-29 Southern Research Institute 2-aminoaryl-5-aryloxazole analogs for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases
RS65127B1 (en) 2018-04-03 2024-02-29 Blueprint Medicines Corp Ret inhibitor for use in treating cancer having a ret alteration
US11718593B2 (en) * 2018-05-17 2023-08-08 Southern Research Institute 2,5-aryl-thiazole analogs for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases
CN114249702B (en) * 2022-01-12 2023-09-05 沈阳药科大学 N-aryl- [2,4 '-dithiazole ] -2' -amine compound and preparation and application thereof

Citations (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2474194A (en) * 1941-08-30 1949-06-21 American Cyanamid Co N-heterocyclic substituted guanamines
US3458526A (en) * 1966-09-26 1969-07-29 Upjohn Co Certain 2-amino-4,5-bis(p-methoxyphenyl)thiazoles
US3467666A (en) * 1966-11-07 1969-09-16 Geigy Chem Corp 2-substituted aminothiazoles
US3933838A (en) * 1972-02-25 1976-01-20 Instituto Luso Farmaco D'italia S.R.L. 5-Substituted 2-amino-4-arylthiazoles
GB1481465A (en) * 1973-10-24 1977-07-27 Shionogi & Co Thiazole derivatives and the production thereof
GB2022085A (en) * 1978-06-02 1979-12-12 Pfizer Novel Aminothiazoles
DD271258A1 (en) * 1988-04-06 1989-08-30 Univ Leipzig MEANS FOR CHEMOTHERAPY OF CULTURAL PLANT VIRUSES
WO1997024343A1 (en) * 1995-12-29 1997-07-10 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phenyl thiazole derivatives with anti herpes virus properties
US20020016471A1 (en) * 1998-09-18 2002-02-07 Francesco Salituro Inhibitors of p38
WO2002030357A2 (en) * 2000-10-11 2002-04-18 Chemocentryx, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating ccr4 function
WO2002094264A1 (en) * 2001-05-23 2002-11-28 Tularik Inc. Ccr4 antagonists
WO2003004467A2 (en) * 2001-07-06 2003-01-16 Agouron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Thiazole benzamide derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions for inhibiting cell proliferation, and methods for their use
EP1354603A1 (en) * 2000-12-26 2003-10-22 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Concomitant drugs
WO2004014884A1 (en) * 2002-08-07 2004-02-19 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Thiazole derivatives
US20040053982A1 (en) * 2000-11-21 2004-03-18 Press Neil John Aminothaizoles and their use as adenosine receptor antagonists
WO2004072070A1 (en) * 2003-02-12 2004-08-26 Pfizer Inc. Antiproliferative 2-(sulfo-phenyl)-aminothiazole derivatives
WO2004096798A2 (en) * 2003-04-25 2004-11-11 Sanofi-Aventis Derivatives of 2-acylamino-4-phenylthiazole, preparation method thereof and use of same as chemokine antagonists
WO2005051318A2 (en) * 2003-11-24 2005-06-09 Viropharma Incorporated Compounds, compositions and methods for treatment and prophylaxis of hepatitis c viral infections and associated diseases

Family Cites Families (59)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS6339868A (en) 1986-08-04 1988-02-20 Otsuka Pharmaceut Factory Inc Di (lower alkyl) phenol derivative
DE4029771A1 (en) 1990-09-20 1992-03-26 Basf Ag N-HETEROARYL-2-NITROANILINE
DE69526958T2 (en) 1994-11-29 2003-01-16 Hisamitsu Pharmaceutical Co., Inc. ANTIBACTERIAL OR BACTERICIDE AGENTS CONTAINING 2-AMINOTHIAZOLE DERIVATIVES AND THEIR SALTS
MY128323A (en) 1996-09-30 2007-01-31 Otsuka Pharma Co Ltd Thiazole derivatives for inhibition of cytokine production and of cell adhesion
WO2000006575A2 (en) 1998-07-28 2000-02-10 Smithkline Beecham Plc Azabicyclic compounds
JP2002531500A (en) 1998-12-07 2002-09-24 スミスクライン・ビーチャム・コーポレイション MYT1 kinase inhibitor
WO2001021160A2 (en) 1999-09-23 2001-03-29 Axxima Pharmaceuticals Aktiengesellschaft Carboxymide and aniline derivatives as selective inhibitors of pathogens
TWI284639B (en) 2000-01-24 2007-08-01 Shionogi & Co A compound having thrombopoietin receptor agonistic effect
DE60136530D1 (en) 2000-03-01 2008-12-24 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv 2,4-DISUBSTITUTED THIAZOLYL DERIVATIVES
AU2001249670A1 (en) 2000-04-03 2001-10-15 3-Dimensional Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted thiazoles and the use thereof as inhibitors of plasminogen activatorinhibitor-1
WO2002051410A2 (en) 2000-12-22 2002-07-04 Akzo Nobel N.V. Phenylthiazole and thiazoline derivatives and their use as antiparasitics
US7169931B2 (en) 2001-01-26 2007-01-30 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Cyclic compounds exhibiting thrombopoietin receptor agonism
KR101034489B1 (en) 2001-08-13 2011-05-17 얀센 파마슈티카 엔.브이. 2-amino-4,5-trisubstituted thiazolyl derivatives
US20040198773A1 (en) 2001-09-26 2004-10-07 Barry Hart Substituted 3-pyridyl oxazoles as c17,20 lyase inhibitors
US20040267017A1 (en) 2001-09-26 2004-12-30 Bierer Donald E 3-pyridyl or 4-isoquinolinyl thiazoles as c17, 20 lyase inhibitors
US20040209924A1 (en) 2001-09-26 2004-10-21 Barry Hart Substituted 3-pyridyl imidazoles as c17,20 lyase inhibitors
WO2003027101A1 (en) 2001-09-26 2003-04-03 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation Substituted 3-pyridyl pyrroles and 3-pyridyl pyrazoles as c17,20 lyase inhibitors
US20040236110A1 (en) 2001-09-26 2004-11-25 Ladouceur Gaetan H Substituted 3-pyridyl indoles and indazoles as c17,20 lyase inhibitors
MXPA04003170A (en) 2001-10-03 2004-07-08 Pharmacia Corp Substituted 5-membered polycyclic compounds useful for selective inhibition of the coagulation cascade.
BR0213129A (en) 2001-10-03 2004-08-10 Pharmacia Corp Substituted polycyclic compound prodrugs useful for selective inhibition of coagulation cascade
WO2003048140A1 (en) 2001-12-03 2003-06-12 Japan Tobacco Inc. Azole compound and medicinal use thereof
US6881746B2 (en) 2001-12-03 2005-04-19 Novo Nordick A/S Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
US6936629B2 (en) 2001-12-21 2005-08-30 Virochem Pharma Inc. Compounds and methods for the treatment or prevention of flavivirus infections
CA2474322A1 (en) 2002-01-25 2003-07-31 Kylix Pharmaceuticals B.V. 4(hetero-) aryl substituted (thia-/oxa-/pyra) zoles for inhibition of tie-2
US20030158199A1 (en) 2002-01-25 2003-08-21 Kylix, B.V. Novel compounds for inhibition of Tie-2
AU2003207232A1 (en) 2002-02-06 2003-09-02 Japan Energy Corporation Method for preparing hydrogenation purification catalyst
US20050239852A1 (en) 2002-08-02 2005-10-27 Ab Science 2-(3-aminoaryl)amino-4-aryl-thiazoles and their use as c-kit inhibitors
MXPA05007485A (en) 2003-01-14 2006-01-30 Arena Pharm Inc 1,2,3-trisubstituted aryl and heteroaryl derivatives as modulators of metabolism and the prpphylaxis and treatment of disorders related thereto such as diabetes and hyperglycemia.
US7265138B2 (en) 2003-02-10 2007-09-04 Amgen Inc. Vanilloid receptor ligands and their use in treatments
CN101723891A (en) 2003-02-10 2010-06-09 沃泰克斯药物股份有限公司 Processes for the preparation of N-heteroaryl-N-aryl-amines by reacting an N-aryl carbamic acid ester with a halo-heteroaryl and analogous processes
AU2004210711B2 (en) 2003-02-12 2010-07-08 Transtech Pharma, Inc. Substituted azole derivatives as therapeutic agents
JP2006519220A (en) 2003-02-27 2006-08-24 アブ サイエンス A tailor-made treatment that can be adapted to different types of mastocytosis
AR043633A1 (en) 2003-03-20 2005-08-03 Schering Corp CANABINOID RECEIVERS LINKS
EA200501462A1 (en) 2003-04-15 2006-04-28 Пфайзер Инк. ALPHA-SUBSTITUTED CARBONIC ACIDS AS PPAR MODULATORS
WO2004096225A2 (en) 2003-04-28 2004-11-11 Ab Science Use of tyrosine kinase inhibitors for treating cerebral ischemia
WO2004098612A2 (en) 2003-05-07 2004-11-18 Ab Science Calcitriol analogs of uses thereof
KR20060023529A (en) 2003-05-14 2006-03-14 토레이파인스 테라퓨틱스, 인코포레이티드 Compounds and uses thereof in modulating amyloid beta
BRPI0410905A (en) 2003-06-03 2006-06-27 Novartis Ag p-38 inhibitors
WO2005000309A2 (en) 2003-06-27 2005-01-06 Ionix Pharmaceuticals Limited Chemical compounds
AR045047A1 (en) 2003-07-11 2005-10-12 Arena Pharm Inc ARILO AND HETEROARILO DERIVATIVES TRISUSTITUIDOS AS MODULATORS OF METABOLISM AND PROFILAXIS AND TREATMENT OF DISORDERS RELATED TO THEMSELVES
WO2005016323A2 (en) 2003-08-15 2005-02-24 Ab Science Use of c-kit inhibitors for treating type ii diabetes
PT1670448E (en) 2003-09-30 2008-02-11 Tibotec Pharm Ltd Hcv inhibiting sulfonamides
AU2005209485A1 (en) 2004-01-30 2005-08-11 Ab Science 2-(3-substituted-aryl)amino-4-aryl-thiazoles as tyrosine kinase inhibitors
WO2005077368A2 (en) 2004-02-03 2005-08-25 Astrazeneca Ab Treatment of gastro-esophageal reflux disease (gerd)
TW200538433A (en) 2004-02-24 2005-12-01 Irm Llc Immunosuppressant compounds and compositiions
US20050227989A1 (en) 2004-04-13 2005-10-13 Icagen, Inc. Polycyclic thiazoles as potassium ion channel modulators
EP1755592A1 (en) 2004-04-20 2007-02-28 AB Science Use of c-kit inhibitors for treating inflammatory muscle disorders including myositis and muscular dystrophy
WO2005102318A1 (en) 2004-04-20 2005-11-03 Ab Science Use of c-kit inhibitors for treating hiv related diseases
US20080004279A1 (en) 2004-04-23 2008-01-03 Alain Moussy Use of C-Kit Inhibitors for Treating Plasmodium Related Diseases
WO2005102326A2 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-11-03 Ab Science Use of c-kit inhibitors for treating renal diseases
CA2564574A1 (en) 2004-04-23 2005-11-03 Ab Science Use of c-kit inhibitors for treating fibrosis
EP1746990A1 (en) 2004-05-18 2007-01-31 AB Science Use of mast cells inhibitors for treating patients exposed to chemical or biological weapons
WO2005115385A1 (en) 2004-05-24 2005-12-08 Ab Science Use of c-kit inhibitors for treating acne
WO2005115304A2 (en) 2004-05-24 2005-12-08 Ab Science Use of c-kit inhibitors for treating fibrodysplasia
JP2008513434A (en) 2004-09-23 2008-05-01 ファイザー・プロダクツ・インク Thrombopoietin receptor agonist
NZ563200A (en) 2005-05-11 2011-04-29 Abbott Lab Antagonists of the vanilloid receptor subtype 1 (VR1) and uses thereof
US8735595B2 (en) 2006-02-15 2014-05-27 Abbvie Inc. Acetyl-CoA carboxylase (ACC) inhibitors and their use in diabetes, obesity and metabolic syndrome
AU2007223797A1 (en) * 2006-03-08 2007-09-13 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted aminothiazole derivatives with anti-HCV activity
US8183263B2 (en) * 2007-05-22 2012-05-22 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroaryl substituted thiazoles

Patent Citations (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2474194A (en) * 1941-08-30 1949-06-21 American Cyanamid Co N-heterocyclic substituted guanamines
US3458526A (en) * 1966-09-26 1969-07-29 Upjohn Co Certain 2-amino-4,5-bis(p-methoxyphenyl)thiazoles
US3467666A (en) * 1966-11-07 1969-09-16 Geigy Chem Corp 2-substituted aminothiazoles
US3933838A (en) * 1972-02-25 1976-01-20 Instituto Luso Farmaco D'italia S.R.L. 5-Substituted 2-amino-4-arylthiazoles
GB1481465A (en) * 1973-10-24 1977-07-27 Shionogi & Co Thiazole derivatives and the production thereof
GB2022085A (en) * 1978-06-02 1979-12-12 Pfizer Novel Aminothiazoles
DD271258A1 (en) * 1988-04-06 1989-08-30 Univ Leipzig MEANS FOR CHEMOTHERAPY OF CULTURAL PLANT VIRUSES
WO1997024343A1 (en) * 1995-12-29 1997-07-10 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phenyl thiazole derivatives with anti herpes virus properties
US20020016471A1 (en) * 1998-09-18 2002-02-07 Francesco Salituro Inhibitors of p38
WO2002030357A2 (en) * 2000-10-11 2002-04-18 Chemocentryx, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating ccr4 function
US20040053982A1 (en) * 2000-11-21 2004-03-18 Press Neil John Aminothaizoles and their use as adenosine receptor antagonists
EP1354603A1 (en) * 2000-12-26 2003-10-22 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Concomitant drugs
WO2002094264A1 (en) * 2001-05-23 2002-11-28 Tularik Inc. Ccr4 antagonists
WO2003004467A2 (en) * 2001-07-06 2003-01-16 Agouron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Thiazole benzamide derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions for inhibiting cell proliferation, and methods for their use
WO2004014884A1 (en) * 2002-08-07 2004-02-19 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Thiazole derivatives
WO2004072070A1 (en) * 2003-02-12 2004-08-26 Pfizer Inc. Antiproliferative 2-(sulfo-phenyl)-aminothiazole derivatives
WO2004096798A2 (en) * 2003-04-25 2004-11-11 Sanofi-Aventis Derivatives of 2-acylamino-4-phenylthiazole, preparation method thereof and use of same as chemokine antagonists
WO2005051318A2 (en) * 2003-11-24 2005-06-09 Viropharma Incorporated Compounds, compositions and methods for treatment and prophylaxis of hepatitis c viral infections and associated diseases

Non-Patent Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BAILEY N ET AL: "A convenient procedure for the solution phase preparation of 2-aminothiazole combinatorial libraries" BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY LETTERS, OXFORD, GB, vol. 6, no. 12, 18 June 1996 (1996-06-18), pages 1409-1414, XP004134850 ISSN: 0960-894X *
DATABASE BEILSTEIN BEILSTEIN CROSSFIRE INSTITUT ZUR FOERDERUNG DER CHEMISCHEN WISSENSCHAFTEN, DE; BRN 14269 1932, XP002401993 *
DATABASE BEILSTEIN BEILSTEIN CROSSFIRE INSTITUT ZUR FOERDERUNG DER CHEMISCHEN WISSENSCHAFTEN, DE; BRN 14823 1959, XP002401994 *
DATABASE BEILSTEIN BEILSTEIN CROSSFIRE INSTITUT ZUR FOERDERUNG DER CHEMISCHEN WISSENSCHAFTEN, DE; BRN 155628 1887, XP002401995 *
DATABASE BEILSTEIN BEILSTEIN CROSSFIRE INSTITUT ZUR FOERDERUNG DER CHEMISCHEN WISSENSCHAFTEN, DE; BRN 989080 1976, XP002401996 *
DATABASE BEILSTEIN BEILSTEIN CROSSFIRE INSTITUT ZUR FOERDERUNG DER CHEMISCHEN WISSENSCHAFTEN, DE; Citation No. 5525052 BRN 4204132 1990, XP002401992 *
DATABASE BEILSTEIN BEILSTEIN CROSSFIRE INSTITUT ZUR FOERDERUNG DER CHEMISCHEN WISSENSCHAFTEN, DE; Citation No. 6044277 BRN186912 1996, XP002401990 *
DATABASE CA [Online] CHEMICAL ABSTRACTS SERVICE, COLUMBUS, OHIO, US; PATHAK, VIJAI N. ET AL: "Synthesis and biological activities of some new 2-(N-arylamino)-4- (fluoroaryl)thiazoles" XP002401991 retrieved from STN Database accession no. 1980:550177 & JOURNAL OF THE INDIAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY , 56(10), 1010-12 CODEN: JICSAH; ISSN: 0019-4522, 1979, *
MISRA R N ET AL: "Synthesis and biological activity of N-aryl-2-aminothiazoles: potent pan inhibitors of cyclin-dependent kinases" BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY LETTERS, OXFORD, GB, vol. 14, no. 11, 7 June 2004 (2004-06-07), pages 2973-2977, XP004841326 ISSN: 0960-894X *
MOZZICONACCI JEAN-CHRISTOPHE ET AL: "Optimization and validation of a docking-scoring protocol; application to virtual screening for COX-2 inhibitors." JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY. 24 FEB 2005, vol. 48, no. 4, 24 February 2005 (2005-02-24), pages 1055-1068, XP002401982 ISSN: 0022-2623 *
SHIPPS G W ET AL: "Aminothiazole inhibitors of HCV RNA polymerase" BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY LETTERS, OXFORD, GB, vol. 15, no. 1, 3 January 2005 (2005-01-03), pages 115-119, XP004694222 ISSN: 0960-894X *

Cited By (128)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009503112A (en) * 2005-08-04 2009-01-29 サートリス ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッド Imidazo [2,1-B] thiazole derivatives as sirtuin-modulating compounds
EP2460800A1 (en) * 2006-03-08 2012-06-06 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted aminothiazole derivatives with anti-HCV activity
WO2007103550A3 (en) * 2006-03-08 2007-11-08 Achillion Pharmaceuticals Inc Substituted aminothiazole derivatives with anti-hcv activity
US8163746B2 (en) 2006-04-19 2012-04-24 Astellas Pharma Inc. Azolecarboxamide derivative
US8889720B2 (en) 2006-08-03 2014-11-18 Trustees Of Tufts College Non-flushing niacin analogues, and methods of use thereof
EP2054386A2 (en) * 2006-08-03 2009-05-06 Trustees Of Tufts College Non-flushing niacin analogues, and methods of use thereof
US8377971B2 (en) 2006-08-03 2013-02-19 Trustees Of Tufts College Non-flushing niacin analogues, and methods of use thereof
US9511060B2 (en) 2006-08-03 2016-12-06 Trustees Of Tufts College Non-flushing niacin analogues, and methods of use thereof
US9193708B2 (en) 2006-08-03 2015-11-24 Trustees Of Tufts College Non-flushing niacin analogues, and methods of use thereof
EP2054386A4 (en) * 2006-08-03 2010-03-17 Tufts College Non-flushing niacin analogues, and methods of use thereof
US8314138B2 (en) 2006-08-24 2012-11-20 Novartis Ag Pyrazole derivative as SCD1 inhibitors for the treatment of diabetes
US8236835B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2012-08-07 Novartis Ag Heterocyclic inhibitors of stearoyl-CoA desaturase
US8258160B2 (en) 2006-12-20 2012-09-04 Novartis Ag SCD1 inhibitors triazole and tetrazole compounds
US7985763B2 (en) 2007-04-10 2011-07-26 National Health Research Institutes Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8183263B2 (en) 2007-05-22 2012-05-22 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroaryl substituted thiazoles
WO2008147557A3 (en) * 2007-05-22 2009-03-05 Achillion Pharmaceuticals Inc Heteroaryl substituted thiazoles and their use as antiviral agents
US7897764B2 (en) 2007-06-08 2011-03-01 National Health Research Institutes Thiourea derivatives
US8247565B2 (en) 2007-06-20 2012-08-21 Sirtris Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sirtuin modulating compounds
CN101874029A (en) * 2007-07-13 2010-10-27 艾德克斯药品股份有限公司 Pyrazole derivatives as metabotropic glutamate receptor modulators
JP2010533147A (en) * 2007-07-13 2010-10-21 アデックス ファルマ エス．エイ． Pyrazole derivatives as modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptors
US8524718B2 (en) 2007-07-13 2013-09-03 Addex Pharma S.A. Heteroaromatic derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptors
WO2009010455A3 (en) * 2007-07-13 2009-03-05 Addex Pharmaceuticals Sa Pyrazole derivatives as modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptors
US8252822B2 (en) 2007-07-17 2012-08-28 Acea Biosciences, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses as anticancer agents
JP2011507798A (en) * 2007-07-17 2011-03-10 アセア バイオサイエンシズ インコーポレイテッド Use as heterocyclic compounds and anticancer agents
WO2009023402A3 (en) * 2007-07-17 2009-04-23 Acea Biosciences Inc Heterocyclic compounds and uses as anticancer agents
US20100324071A1 (en) * 2007-07-27 2010-12-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Novel glucokinase activators and methods of using same
US8273777B2 (en) * 2007-07-27 2012-09-25 Bristol-Meyer Squibb Company Glucokinase activators and methods of using same
WO2009035788A1 (en) 2007-08-03 2009-03-19 Romark Laboratories L.C. Alkylsulfonyl-substituted thiazolide compounds
US8895752B2 (en) 2007-08-03 2014-11-25 Romark Laboratories L.C. Alkylsulfonyl-substituted thiazolide compounds
CN101835765B (en) * 2007-08-03 2013-05-29 罗马克实验室有限公司 Alkylsulfonyl-substituted thiazolide compounds
TWI453018B (en) * 2007-08-03 2014-09-21 Romark Lab Lc Alkylsulfonyl-substituted thiazolide compounds
EA019357B1 (en) * 2007-08-03 2014-03-31 Ромарк Лабораториз Л.С. Alkylsulfonyl-substituted n-(thiazole-2-yl)benzamides and use thereof for treating hepatitis c virus infection
US8124632B2 (en) 2007-08-03 2012-02-28 Romark Laboratories, L.C. Alkylsulfonyl-substituted thiazolide compounds
JP2010540667A (en) * 2007-10-09 2010-12-24 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Pyridine derivatives useful as glucokinase activators
US20100273839A1 (en) * 2007-10-16 2010-10-28 Kurth Mark J Compounds Having Activity in Correcting Mutant-CFTR Processing and Uses Thereof
US8389736B2 (en) * 2007-10-16 2013-03-05 The Regents Of The University Of California Compounds having activity in correcting mutant-CFTR processing and uses thereof
US8304547B2 (en) 2007-10-24 2012-11-06 Astellas Pharma Inc. Azolecarboxamide compound or salt thereof
GB2455111A (en) * 2007-11-28 2009-06-03 Addex Pharmaceuticals Sa Metabotropic glutamate receptor (mGluR4) modulators having 5- or 6-membered N-heteroaryl ring substituted by both N-cyclylamino & 5-membered N-heteroaryl ring
EP2070924A1 (en) 2007-12-10 2009-06-17 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft New 2 hetarylthiazol-4-carboxylic acid derivatives, their manufacture and use as medicine
EP2070925A1 (en) 2007-12-10 2009-06-17 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft New 2-substituted tiazol-4-carboxylic acid derivatives, their manufacture and use as medicine
EP2070916A1 (en) 2007-12-10 2009-06-17 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft 2-Arylthiazol-4-carboxylic acid derivatives, their manufacture and use as medicine
US7939523B2 (en) 2008-01-08 2011-05-10 National Health Research Institutes Imidazolidinone and imidazolidinethione derivatives
EP2101173A1 (en) 2008-03-14 2009-09-16 Vivalis In vitro method to determine whether a drug candidate active against a target protein is active against a variant of said protein
US8198284B2 (en) 2008-04-30 2012-06-12 National Health Research Institutes Treatment of neurodegenerative disorders with thiourea compounds
US8106209B2 (en) 2008-06-06 2012-01-31 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted aminothiazole prodrugs of compounds with anti-HCV activity
WO2009149436A1 (en) * 2008-06-06 2009-12-10 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted aminothiazole prodrugs of compounds with anti-hcv activity
CN102076670B (en) * 2008-06-24 2013-05-22 Irm责任有限公司 Compounds and methods for modulating g protein-coupled receptors
CN102076670A (en) * 2008-06-24 2011-05-25 Irm责任有限公司 Compounds and methods for modulating g protein-coupled receptors
WO2010008831A3 (en) * 2008-06-24 2010-09-30 Irm Llc Compounds and methods for modulating g protein-coupled receptors
WO2010008831A2 (en) * 2008-06-24 2010-01-21 Irm Llc Compounds and methods for modulating g protein-coupled receptors
EA019001B1 (en) * 2008-06-24 2013-12-30 Айрм Ллк Compounds and methods for modulating g protein-coupled receptors
US8362050B2 (en) 2008-06-24 2013-01-29 Irm Llc Compounds and methods for modulating G protein-coupled receptors
US8124764B2 (en) 2008-07-14 2012-02-28 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Fused heterocyclyc inhibitor compounds
US8134000B2 (en) 2008-07-14 2012-03-13 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Imidazolyl pyrimidine inhibitor compounds
US8344018B2 (en) 2008-07-14 2013-01-01 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Oxindolyl inhibitor compounds
US8088771B2 (en) 2008-07-28 2012-01-03 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Cycloalkylidene and heterocycloalkylidene inhibitor compounds
EP3246030A1 (en) 2008-08-11 2017-11-22 GlaxoSmithKline LLC Novel adenine derivatives
EP3000813A1 (en) 2008-08-11 2016-03-30 GlaxoSmithKline LLC Purine derivatives for use in the treatment of allergic, inflammatory and infectious diseases
WO2010018131A1 (en) 2008-08-11 2010-02-18 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Purine derivatives for use in the treatment of allergic, inflammatory and infectious diseases
US10202343B2 (en) 2008-08-18 2019-02-12 Yale University MIF modulators
US9643922B2 (en) 2008-08-18 2017-05-09 Yale University MIF modulators
EP2326631A4 (en) * 2008-08-18 2012-03-21 Univ Yale Mif modulators
US9540322B2 (en) 2008-08-18 2017-01-10 Yale University MIF modulators
US11584717B2 (en) 2008-08-18 2023-02-21 Yale University MIF modulators
EP2326631A2 (en) * 2008-08-18 2011-06-01 Yale University Mif modulators
US9073907B2 (en) 2009-01-12 2015-07-07 Addex Pharma S.A. Thiazoles derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptors
WO2010079239A1 (en) 2009-01-12 2010-07-15 Addex Pharma S.A. Novel thiazoles derivatives and their use as positive allosteric modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptors
US8846727B2 (en) 2009-05-12 2014-09-30 Romark Laboratories, L.C. Haloalkyl heteroaryl benzamide compounds
USRE46724E1 (en) 2009-05-12 2018-02-20 Romark Laboratories, L.C. Haloalkyl heteroaryl benzamide compounds
USRE47786E1 (en) 2009-05-12 2019-12-31 Romark Laboratories L.C. Haloalkyl heteroaryl benzamide compounds
US9126992B2 (en) 2009-05-12 2015-09-08 Romark Laboratories, L.C. Haloalkyl heteroaryl benzamide compounds
US8283357B2 (en) 2009-06-08 2012-10-09 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Cycloalkylcarbamate benzamide aniline HDAC inhibitor compounds
US8258316B2 (en) 2009-06-08 2012-09-04 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Alkanoylamino benzamide aniline HDAC inhibitor compounds
US9345690B2 (en) 2009-06-26 2016-05-24 Romark Laboratories L.C. Compounds and methods for treating influenza
US11850237B2 (en) 2009-06-26 2023-12-26 Romark Laboratories L.C. Compounds and methods for treating influenza
US9023877B2 (en) 2009-06-26 2015-05-05 Romark Laboratories L.C. Compounds and methods for treating influenza
US10912768B2 (en) 2009-06-26 2021-02-09 Romark Laboratories L.C. Compounds and methods for treating influenza
US9820975B2 (en) 2009-06-26 2017-11-21 Romark Laboratories L.C. Compounds and methods for treating influenza
US10363243B2 (en) 2009-06-26 2019-07-30 Romark Laboratories L.C. Compounds and methods for treating influenza
WO2011098452A1 (en) 2010-02-10 2011-08-18 Glaxosmithkline Llc 6-amino-2-{ [ (1s)-1-methylbutyl] oxy}-9-[5-(1-piperidinyl)-7,9-dihydro-8h-purin-8-one maleate
WO2011098451A1 (en) 2010-02-10 2011-08-18 Glaxosmithkline Llc Purine derivatives and their pharmaceutical uses
US20110207751A1 (en) * 2010-02-19 2011-08-25 Long Mao Heterocyclic compounds and uses as anticancer agents
WO2012075393A2 (en) * 2010-12-02 2012-06-07 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Activators of proteasomal degradation and uses thereof
WO2012075393A3 (en) * 2010-12-02 2012-08-02 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Activators of proteasomal degradation and uses thereof
US10087173B2 (en) 2011-10-04 2018-10-02 Baruch S. Blumberg Institute Substituted aminothiazoles as inhibitors of cancers, including hepatocellular carcinoma, and as inhibitors of hepatitis virus replication
US9290489B2 (en) 2012-07-06 2016-03-22 Duke University Activation of TRPV4 ion channel by physical stimuli and critical role for TRPV4 in organ-specific inflammation and itch
US9701675B2 (en) 2012-07-06 2017-07-11 Duke University Activation of TRPV4 ion channel by physical stimuli and critical role for TRPV4 in organ-specific inflammation and itch
US20150197513A1 (en) * 2012-08-09 2015-07-16 Neuropore Therapies, Inc. Aryl- and heteroaryl-substituted benzene derivatives as modulators of pi3-kinase signalling pathways
US9884851B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2018-02-06 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Heterocycle-bisamide inhibitors of scavenger receptor BI
WO2014063167A1 (en) * 2012-10-19 2014-04-24 The Broad Institute, Inc. Thiazole-based inhibitors of scavenger receptor bi
US9951055B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2018-04-24 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Thiazole-based inhibitors of scavenger receptor BI
CN104995179A (en) * 2013-03-05 2015-10-21 弗·哈夫曼-拉罗切有限公司 N-heteroaryl substituted aniline derivatives as HCV-antivirals
US9890139B2 (en) 2013-06-11 2018-02-13 Orion Corporation CYP17 inhibitors/antiandrogens
US9914740B2 (en) 2013-07-02 2018-03-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Tricyclic pyrido-carboxamide derivatives as rock inhibitors
US9663529B2 (en) 2013-07-02 2017-05-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Tricyclic pyrido-carboxamide derivatives as rock inhibitors
WO2015124591A1 (en) 2014-02-20 2015-08-27 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property (No.2) Limited Pyrrolo[3,2] pyrimidine derivatives as inducers of human interferon
US11014896B2 (en) 2014-08-22 2021-05-25 Duke University TRPA1 and TRPV4 inhibitors and methods of using the same for organ-specific inflammation and itch
US10329265B2 (en) 2014-08-22 2019-06-25 Duke University TRPA1 and TRPV4 inhibitors and methods of using the same for organ-specific inflammation and itch
WO2016075661A1 (en) 2014-11-13 2016-05-19 Glaxosmithkline Biologicals Sa Adenine derivatives which are useful in the treatment of allergic diseases or other inflammatory conditions
US11229628B2 (en) 2015-01-09 2022-01-25 Duke University TRPA1 and TRPV4 inhibitors and methods of using the same for organ-specific inflammation and itch
US11247974B2 (en) 2015-02-27 2022-02-15 The Regents Of The University Of California Small molecules that enable cartilage rejuvenation
US11072592B2 (en) 2015-02-27 2021-07-27 The Regents Of The University Of California Small molecules that enable cartilage rejuvenation
EP3262040A4 (en) * 2015-02-27 2018-09-12 The Regents of The University of California Small molecules that enable cartilage rejuvanation
AU2016224975B2 (en) * 2015-02-27 2020-10-22 The Regents Of The University Of California Small molecules that enable cartilage rejuvanation
JP2022130388A (en) * 2015-04-07 2022-09-06 イーエルエイ ファーマ リミテッド Compositions for treating and/or preventing cell and/or tissue necrosis specifically targeting cathepsin c and/or cela1 and/or cela3a and/or structurally related enzymes thereto
EP3366691A1 (en) 2015-12-03 2018-08-29 GlaxoSmithKline Intellectual Property Development Limited Cyclic purine dinucleotides as modulators of sting
WO2017093933A1 (en) 2015-12-03 2017-06-08 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Cyclic purine dinucleotides as modulators of sting
US11564911B2 (en) 2016-04-07 2023-01-31 Duke University Small molecule dual-inhibitors of TRPV4 and TRPA1 for sanitizing and anesthetizing
EP4032885A1 (en) 2016-04-07 2022-07-27 GlaxoSmithKline Intellectual Property Development Limited Heterocyclic amides useful as protein modulators
WO2017175156A1 (en) 2016-04-07 2017-10-12 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Heterocyclic amides useful as protein modulators
WO2017175147A1 (en) 2016-04-07 2017-10-12 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Heterocyclic amides useful as protein modulators
WO2019069269A1 (en) 2017-10-05 2019-04-11 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Modulators of stimulator of interferon genes (sting) useful in treating hiv
WO2019069270A1 (en) 2017-10-05 2019-04-11 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Modulators of stimulator of interferon genes (sting)
US10501423B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2019-12-10 Neuropore Therapies, Inc. Substituted phenyl sulfonyl phenyl triazole thiones and uses thereof
US11008294B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2021-05-18 Neuropore Therapies, Inc. Substituted phenyl sulfonyl phenyl triazole thiones and uses thereof
US11708338B2 (en) 2017-10-30 2023-07-25 Neuropore Therapies, Inc. Substituted phenyl sulfonyl phenyl triazole thiones and uses thereof
US11613525B2 (en) 2018-05-16 2023-03-28 Ctxt Pty Limited Substituted condensed thiophenes as modulators of sting
WO2019219820A1 (en) 2018-05-16 2019-11-21 Ctxt Pty Limited Substituted condensed thiophenes as modulators of sting
US12030875B2 (en) 2018-09-07 2024-07-09 PIC Therapeutics, Inc. EIF4E inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2020232375A1 (en) 2019-05-16 2020-11-19 Silicon Swat, Inc. Oxoacridinyl acetic acid derivatives and methods of use
WO2020232378A1 (en) 2019-05-16 2020-11-19 Silicon Swat, Inc. Benzo[b][1,8]naphthyridine acetic acid derivatives and methods of use
WO2021009365A1 (en) 2019-07-18 2021-01-21 Ctxt Pty Limited Benzothiophene, thienopyridine and thienopyrimidine derivatives for the modulation of sting
WO2021009362A1 (en) 2019-07-18 2021-01-21 Ctxt Pty Limited Benzothiophene, thienopyridine and thienopyrimidine derivatives for the modulation of sting
WO2021214019A1 (en) 2020-04-24 2021-10-28 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Substituted aminothiazoles as dgkzeta inhibitors for immune activation
US11964953B2 (en) 2020-04-24 2024-04-23 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Substituted aminothiazoles as DGKzeta inhibitors for immune activation
WO2021214020A1 (en) 2020-04-24 2021-10-28 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Substituted aminothiazoles as dgkzeta inhibitors for immune activation
US20230150997A1 (en) * 2021-08-25 2023-05-18 PIC Therapeutics, Inc. Eif4e inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2023135330A1 (en) * 2022-01-17 2023-07-20 Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique Deoxycytidine kinase inhibitors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
ZA200709751B (en) 2008-11-26
BRPI0608910A2 (en) 2010-02-17
UA92746C2 (en) 2010-12-10
NO20075723L (en) 2008-02-05
AP2007004268A0 (en) 2007-12-31
AU2006244203B2 (en) 2012-05-03
CA2607617A1 (en) 2006-11-16
US20070004711A1 (en) 2007-01-04
NZ563866A (en) 2011-03-31
EP1879575A2 (en) 2008-01-23
EA200702445A1 (en) 2008-04-28
KR20080019213A (en) 2008-03-03
JP2008540537A (en) 2008-11-20
US8088806B2 (en) 2012-01-03
SG159561A1 (en) 2010-03-30
WO2006122011A3 (en) 2007-05-03
CN101247807A (en) 2008-08-20
MX2007013955A (en) 2008-02-05
IL186970A0 (en) 2008-02-09
AU2006244203A1 (en) 2006-11-16
AP2358A (en) 2012-01-30
US20120108576A1 (en) 2012-05-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2006122011A2 (en) Thiazole compounds and methods of use
EP2364310B1 (en) 4-amino-4-oxobutanoyl peptide cyclic analogues, inhibitors of viral replication
JP5689810B2 (en) Cyclic carboxamide compounds for hepatitis C virus and analogs thereof
EP1709047B1 (en) Azabenzofuran substituted thioureas as inhibitors of viral replication
US20070213301A1 (en) Substituted Aminothiazole Derivatives With Anti-HCV Activity
JP2010519339A (en) Tertiary amine substituted peptides useful as HCV replication inhibitors
JP2012511587A (en) New 4-amino-4-oxobutanoyl peptides as inhibitors of viral replication
JP2010528019A (en) Heteroaryl substituted thiazole
US8106209B2 (en) Substituted aminothiazole prodrugs of compounds with anti-HCV activity
WO2007133211A1 (en) 3,4-disubstituted coumarin and quinolone compounds
CN101506223B (en) 4-amino-4-oxobutanoyl peptides as inhibitors of viral replication
US8048889B2 (en) 3,4-disubstituted coumarin and quinolone compounds
MXPA06007729A (en) Azabenzofuran substituted thioureas as inhibitors of viral replication

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200680025066.X

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 186970

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 8346/DELNP/2007

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006770077

Country of ref document: EP

DPE1 Request for preliminary examination filed after expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2607617

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/a/2007/013955

Country of ref document: MX

Ref document number: 12007502483

Country of ref document: PH

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2008511226

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006244203

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 563866

Country of ref document: NZ

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1200702574

Country of ref document: VN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020077028400

Country of ref document: KR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020077028496

Country of ref document: KR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: AP/P/2007/004268

Country of ref document: AP

Ref document number: 200702445

Country of ref document: EA

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: RU

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2006244203

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20060509

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0608910

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2